diff --git a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/Leame.lyx b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/Leame.lyx index 2355a729a0..20a854639f 100644 --- a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/Leame.lyx +++ b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/Leame.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 1 +\use_minted 0 \use_lineno 0 \index Index \shortcut idx @@ -66,16 +67,20 @@ \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style swiss +\dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false -\use_minted 0 +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -125,11 +130,12 @@ Preparación del sistema para \SpecialChar LyX \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize En caso que se trate de su primera instalación de \SpecialChar LyX -, asegúrense de tener - una versión reciente de \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + asegúrense de tener una versión reciente de \SpecialChar LaTeX . Una posibilidad simple es la instalación de Mac\SpecialChar TeX -: +: + \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed diff --git a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LiesMich.lyx b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LiesMich.lyx index 4e18985b51..d163786010 100644 --- a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LiesMich.lyx +++ b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LiesMich.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 1 +\use_minted 0 \use_lineno 0 \index Index \shortcut idx @@ -66,16 +67,20 @@ \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style english +\dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false -\use_minted 0 +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -125,11 +130,12 @@ Bereiten Sie Ihr System für \SpecialChar LyX \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie \SpecialChar LyX - noch nie verwendet haben sorgen Sie dafür, dass auf Ihrem System - eine aktuelle Version des Textsatz-System \SpecialChar LaTeX + noch nie verwendet haben sorgen Sie dafür, + dass auf Ihrem System eine aktuelle Version des Textsatz-System \SpecialChar LaTeX installiert ist. Eine einfache Möglichkeit ist die Installation von Mac\SpecialChar TeX -: +: + \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed @@ -143,7 +149,8 @@ http://www.tug.org/mactex . \SpecialChar LaTeX wird von \SpecialChar LyX - verwendet, um druckbare Dokumente zu erzeugen. + verwendet, + um druckbare Dokumente zu erzeugen. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -153,7 +160,8 @@ http://www.tug.org/mactex \lang english disk image \lang ngerman - (Wenn Sie diesen Text lesen, haben Sie das vermutlich bereits getan) + (Wenn Sie diesen Text lesen, + haben Sie das vermutlich bereits getan) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate diff --git a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LisezMoi.lyx b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LisezMoi.lyx index 376ecedd2d..20ee690f31 100644 --- a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LisezMoi.lyx +++ b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/LisezMoi.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 1 +\use_minted 0 \use_lineno 0 \index Index \shortcut idx @@ -66,16 +67,20 @@ \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style swiss +\dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false -\use_minted 0 +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -110,7 +115,8 @@ thispagestyle{empty} \begin_layout Standard Pour installer \SpecialChar LyX -, la marche à suivre est la suivante : +, + la marche à suivre est la suivante : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -124,8 +130,8 @@ Préparation du système \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Si c'est votre première installation de \SpecialChar LyX -, assurez-vous d'avoir une version - récente de Mac\SpecialChar TeX +, + assurez-vous d'avoir une version récente de Mac\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed @@ -140,15 +146,13 @@ http://www.tug.org/mactex . \SpecialChar LyX s'appuie sur \SpecialChar LaTeX - pour composer les documents et ne peut pas produire de documents - imprimables sans cela. + pour composer les documents et ne peut pas produire de documents imprimables sans cela. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Ouvrez l'image disque de \SpecialChar LyX - 2.2 (ce que vous avez probablement déjà fait si - vous lisez ceci). + 2.2 (ce que vous avez probablement déjà fait si vous lisez ceci). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -163,8 +167,7 @@ Démarrez \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Enumerate Vous trouverez une liste des nouvelles fonctionnalités de \SpecialChar LyX - 2.2 (malheureusement - en anglais) à + 2.2 (malheureusement en anglais) à \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed diff --git a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/ReadMe.lyx b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/ReadMe.lyx index fd43a81883..8b5caf2845 100644 --- a/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/ReadMe.lyx +++ b/development/MacOSX/ReadMe/ReadMe.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 1 +\use_minted 0 \use_lineno 0 \index Index \shortcut idx @@ -66,16 +67,20 @@ \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style english +\dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false -\use_minted 0 +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -110,7 +115,8 @@ thispagestyle{empty} \begin_layout Standard To install \SpecialChar LyX -, do the following: +, + do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -125,9 +131,10 @@ Prepare your system for \SpecialChar LyX \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize If this is your first time installing \SpecialChar LyX -, make sure you have installed a recent - version of Mac\SpecialChar TeX -: +, + make sure you have installed a recent version of Mac\SpecialChar TeX +: + \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed @@ -141,15 +148,14 @@ http://www.tug.org/mactex . Since \SpecialChar LyX relies on \SpecialChar LaTeX - to typeset documents, it is not intended to produce output - without it. + to typeset documents, + it is not intended to produce output without it. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Open the \SpecialChar LyX --2.2 disk image (you probably did it already if you are reading - this). +-2.2 disk image (you probably did it already if you are reading this). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate diff --git a/lib/doc/Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/Customization.lyx index 0bbce33764..bad5484e05 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Customization.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 611 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -801,6 +801,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -889,6 +890,7 @@ xx \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Internationalizing-LyX" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -982,6 +984,7 @@ ontains keyboard keymapping files. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:International-Keymap-Stuff" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1009,6 +1012,7 @@ ontains the text class and module files described in \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Installing-New-Document" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1111,6 +1115,7 @@ ontains the standard \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Creating-Templates" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1183,6 +1188,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Including-External-Material" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1365,6 +1371,7 @@ his file contains translations for internationalized paragraph styles (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:I18n" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1965,6 +1972,7 @@ Document format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Converters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3278,6 +3286,7 @@ To define such alternate chains, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6638,6 +6647,7 @@ is \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7862,6 +7872,7 @@ Your new package may also provide commands or environments not present in the ba \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TextClass" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7942,6 +7953,7 @@ A more complex module might modify the behavior of some existing constructs or d \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TextClass" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -8467,6 +8479,7 @@ reference "subsec:Citation-engine-description" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -8474,6 +8487,7 @@ noprefix "false" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Citation-format-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -9622,6 +9636,7 @@ reference "subsec:Citation-engine-description" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -9839,6 +9854,7 @@ reference "subsec:Citation-engine-description" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -9869,6 +9885,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -9911,6 +9928,7 @@ CiteFormat \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Citation-format-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -9941,6 +9959,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -9997,6 +10016,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10018,6 +10038,7 @@ ClassOptions \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:ClassOptions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10149,6 +10170,7 @@ See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Counters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10170,6 +10192,7 @@ DefaultFont \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10448,6 +10471,7 @@ not \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Layout-modules" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10469,6 +10493,7 @@ Float \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10672,6 +10697,7 @@ See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Counters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10892,6 +10918,7 @@ See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Flex-insets-and" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10988,6 +11015,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -11848,6 +11876,7 @@ boldsymbol \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:List-of-functions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -11982,6 +12011,7 @@ string \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:List-of-functions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12184,6 +12214,7 @@ See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13182,6 +13213,7 @@ reference "subsec:Arguments" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13818,6 +13850,7 @@ Font \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13879,6 +13912,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13902,6 +13936,7 @@ LabelFont \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -14520,6 +14555,7 @@ EndBabelPreamble \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:I18n" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -14872,6 +14908,7 @@ and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15117,6 +15154,7 @@ HTML* \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Style-XHTML" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15762,6 +15800,7 @@ See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Counters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15783,6 +15822,7 @@ LabelFont \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15872,6 +15912,7 @@ LabelCounter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Counters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16208,6 +16249,7 @@ Counter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Counters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16308,6 +16350,7 @@ EndLangPreamble \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:I18n" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -17958,6 +18001,7 @@ string \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:List-of-functions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -17977,6 +18021,7 @@ PackageOptions \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:General-text-class" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18422,6 +18467,7 @@ TextFont \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -19369,6 +19415,7 @@ HTML* \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -19853,6 +19900,7 @@ string \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20795,6 +20843,7 @@ reference "subsec:Arguments" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20804,6 +20853,7 @@ noprefix "false" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20833,6 +20883,7 @@ BabelPreamble \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:I18n" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20864,6 +20915,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Names-of-colors" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20936,6 +20988,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21249,6 +21302,7 @@ and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21609,6 +21663,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21630,6 +21685,7 @@ HTML* \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21767,6 +21823,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21788,6 +21845,7 @@ LabelFont \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21874,6 +21932,7 @@ LangPreamble \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:I18n" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -22978,6 +23037,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -23026,6 +23086,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -23048,6 +23109,7 @@ Preamble \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -23103,6 +23165,7 @@ string \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24231,6 +24294,7 @@ Font \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24292,6 +24356,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24319,6 +24384,7 @@ LabelFont \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -25919,6 +25985,7 @@ reference "chap:Names-of-colors" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26400,6 +26467,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27138,6 +27206,7 @@ reference "subsec:Cite-Engine-Files" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28400,6 +28469,7 @@ AddToHTMLPreamble \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:General-text-class" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28850,6 +28920,8 @@ status collapsed \change_inserted -584632292 1670182222 HTMLClass +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -28862,6 +28934,8 @@ status collapsed \change_inserted -584632292 1670182217 string +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30205,6 +30279,7 @@ floattype \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30312,6 +30387,7 @@ CiteFormat \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Citation-format-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30393,6 +30469,7 @@ Font \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Font-description" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30840,6 +30917,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -31862,6 +31940,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32034,6 +32113,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32164,6 +32244,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32355,6 +32436,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32541,6 +32623,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32715,6 +32798,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32905,6 +32989,7 @@ reference "subsec:DocBook-New-line-policy" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33353,6 +33438,7 @@ will \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Security-discussion" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33799,6 +33885,7 @@ InputFormat \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/Development.lyx b/lib/doc/Development.lyx index 8061e645f9..862ceb6e14 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Development.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Development.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 607 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -122,9 +122,10 @@ by the \SpecialChar LyX status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please - send them to the \SpecialChar LyX - Documentation mailing list: +If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, + please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX + Documentation mailing list: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" @@ -157,9 +158,10 @@ Introduction \begin_layout Standard This manual documents some aspects of \SpecialChar LyX development. - It is currently rather incomplete, but will hopefully be extended in the - future. - Meanwhile, additional information can be found in the + It is currently rather incomplete, + but will hopefully be extended in the future. + Meanwhile, + additional information can be found in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -171,16 +173,18 @@ development subfolder of the \SpecialChar LyX source code distribution. - This document is not translated, since the development language of \SpecialChar LyX - is - English. + This document is not translated, + since the development language of \SpecialChar LyX + is English. If you just want to use \SpecialChar LyX -, then you don't need to read this manual. - However, if you want to learn more about how \SpecialChar LyX - is developed, or even want - to participate in \SpecialChar LyX - development, you may find some interesting information - here. +, + then you don't need to read this manual. + However, + if you want to learn more about how \SpecialChar LyX + is developed, + or even want to participate in \SpecialChar LyX + development, + you may find some interesting information here. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -191,8 +195,7 @@ File formats \SpecialChar LyX uses several custom file formats for configuration files and documents. This chapter contains some background concerning these file formats. - Several file formats are also described in detail in the regular user documenta -tion. + Several file formats are also described in detail in the regular user documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -207,15 +210,15 @@ name "sec:When-is-an" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you are working on a new feature you may ask yourself whether it needs - an update of the .lyx file format number. +When you are working on a new feature you may ask yourself whether it needs an update of the .lyx file format number. Whether an update is needed or not is not always obvious. - Rule of thumb: + Rule of thumb: + \end_layout \begin_layout Quote -Whenever there is the danger that a previous version of LyX cannot open - a file using the new feature, a file format update is needed. +Whenever there is the danger that a previous version of LyX cannot open a file using the new feature, + a file format update is needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -232,8 +235,8 @@ document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -setting Whenever you introduce a new setting that is stored in the document - header, a file format update is needed. +setting Whenever you introduce a new setting that is stored in the document header, + a file format update is needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -245,8 +248,8 @@ document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -setting If a certain setting becomes obsolete and gets removed, a file format - update is needed. +setting If a certain setting becomes obsolete and gets removed, + a file format update is needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -274,7 +277,8 @@ existing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -setting, e. +setting, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -296,11 +300,10 @@ math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -package The reason for this is that there is no true ERT inset for math - formulas: Each command is parsed, and if a user happens to define a local - command with the same name as a command that triggers an automatic load - of a package, they need to be able to switch off the automatic loading - of that package. +package The reason for this is that there is no true ERT inset for math formulas: + Each command is parsed, + and if a user happens to define a local command with the same name as a command that triggers an automatic load of a package, + they need to be able to switch off the automatic loading of that package. This switch is stored by the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -359,16 +362,15 @@ New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -style If a new style or inset layout is added to any layout file or module - shipped with \SpecialChar LyX -, then a new file format is needed in the master (development) - branch. - It is possible to backport new styles to the stable version without a file - format change. +style If a new style or inset layout is added to any layout file or module shipped with \SpecialChar LyX +, + then a new file format is needed in the master (development) branch. + It is possible to backport new styles to the stable version without a file format change. See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backporting-new-styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -380,13 +382,14 @@ Removed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -style If a style or inset layout is removed in any layout file or module - shipped with \SpecialChar LyX -, a new file format is required. +style If a style or inset layout is removed in any layout file or module shipped with \SpecialChar LyX +, + a new file format is required. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -However, +However, + \series bold new \series default @@ -394,10 +397,12 @@ new \series bold not \series default - require a file format update (changed 03/16, see + require a file format update (changed 03/16, + see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:New-layouts" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -406,7 +411,8 @@ reference "subsec:New-layouts" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you are still unsure, please ask on the development list. +If you are still unsure, + please ask on the development list. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -420,13 +426,13 @@ How to update the file format number of .lyx files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Once you come to the conclusion that a file format update is needed, you - should use the following procedure to perform the update: +Once you come to the conclusion that a file format update is needed, + you should use the following procedure to perform the update: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Implement and test the new feature, including the reading and writing of - .lyx files. +Implement and test the new feature, + including the reading and writing of .lyx files. Note that any file produced at this stage does not use a valid format, so do not use this version of \SpecialChar LyX for working on any important documents. @@ -493,35 +499,38 @@ lib/lyx2lyx/lyx_2_4.py \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., a new header setting always needs a conversion that adds the new setting, +g., + a new header setting always needs a conversion that adds the new setting, but a new document language does not need one). Add a reversion routine if needed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -While the conversion routine is required to produce a document that is equivalen -t to the old version, the requirements of the reversion are not that strict. - If possible, try to produce a proper reversion, using ERT if needed, but - for some features this might be too complicated. - In this case, the minimum requirement of the reversion routine is that - it produces a valid document which can be read by an older \SpecialChar LyX +While the conversion routine is required to produce a document that is equivalent to the old version, + the requirements of the reversion are not that strict. + If possible, + try to produce a proper reversion, + using ERT if needed, + but for some features this might be too complicated. + In this case, + the minimum requirement of the reversion routine is that it produces a valid document which can be read by an older \SpecialChar LyX . - If absolutely needed, even data loss is allowed for the reversion. - (In that case, you might want to add a LyX comment that indicates what - you have had to do, so the user is at least warned). + If absolutely needed, + even data loss is allowed for the reversion. + (In that case, + you might want to add a LyX comment that indicates what you have had to do, + so the user is at least warned). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Since tex2lyx has several implicit file format dependencies caused by sharing - code with \SpecialChar LyX -, updating the file format of .lyx files produced by tex2lyx at - the same time as updating the main .lyx file format is strongly recommended. - Therefore, a compiler warning will be issued if the \SpecialChar LyX - and tex2lyx .lyx file - format numbers differ. - In many cases the tex2lyx update requires only the first and last item - of the list below: +Since tex2lyx has several implicit file format dependencies caused by sharing code with \SpecialChar LyX +, + updating the file format of .lyx files produced by tex2lyx at the same time as updating the main .lyx file format is strongly recommended. + Therefore, + a compiler warning will be issued if the \SpecialChar LyX + and tex2lyx .lyx file format numbers differ. + In many cases the tex2lyx update requires only the first and last item of the list below: \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -540,11 +549,12 @@ src/version.h \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -If the lyx2lyx conversion from the old to the new format is empty, or if - tex2lyx does not yet output the changed feature, you do not need any further - tex2lyx changes. - Otherwise, search for the changed feature in tex2lyx, and adjust the output - according to the lyx2lyx changes. +If the lyx2lyx conversion from the old to the new format is empty, + or if tex2lyx does not yet output the changed feature, + you do not need any further tex2lyx changes. + Otherwise, + search for the changed feature in tex2lyx, + and adjust the output according to the lyx2lyx changes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -552,6 +562,7 @@ Update the tex2lyx test references as described in \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sec:Updating-test-references" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -560,8 +571,8 @@ reference "sec:Updating-test-references" \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -If you did not implement full tex2lyx support for the new feature, add a - line to +If you did not implement full tex2lyx support for the new feature, + add a line to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -572,19 +583,16 @@ src/tex2lyx/TODO.txt \end_inset describing the missing bits. - Note that it is perfectly fine if you do not add full tex2lyx support for - a new feature: The updating recommendation above is only issued for the - syntax of the produced .lyx file. + Note that it is perfectly fine if you do not add full tex2lyx support for a new feature: + The updating recommendation above is only issued for the syntax of the produced .lyx file. It is no problem if some features supported by \SpecialChar LyX - are still output as ERT - by tex2lyx. - The problems in the past that resulted in the update recommendation were - related to mixed version syntax, not ERT. + are still output as ERT by tex2lyx. + The problems in the past that resulted in the update recommendation were related to mixed version syntax, + not ERT. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -It would be nice if you could create a .lyx test file which contains instances - of all changed or added features. +It would be nice if you could create a .lyx test file which contains instances of all changed or added features. This could then be used to test lyx2lyx and tex2lyx. Test samples are collected under the corresponding subdirectories of \family typewriter @@ -600,27 +608,21 @@ name "enu:updatefiles" \end_inset -Test your lyx2lyx code by updating LyX's .lyx documentation files to the - new format. - The developer who makes the change knows best what changes to expect when - inspecting the resulting diff. - Because of this, you might be able to catch a bug in the lyx2lyx code that - updates the format just by taking a quick scan through the large diff that - is the result. +Test your lyx2lyx code by updating LyX's .lyx documentation files to the new format. + The developer who makes the change knows best what changes to expect when inspecting the resulting diff. + Because of this, + you might be able to catch a bug in the lyx2lyx code that updates the format just by taking a quick scan through the large diff that is the result. \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Another advantage is that if later we suspect a bug in lyx2lyx we can easily - see which layout update made an unexpected change by looking at the git - log of a .lyx file that suffers the problem. +Another advantage is that if later we suspect a bug in lyx2lyx we can easily see which layout update made an unexpected change by looking at the git log of a .lyx file that suffers the problem. \end_layout \end_inset - To do this, first make sure that there are no changes to the git repository - that you will not want to commit (this is needed because it will be convenient - to commit with the command + To do this, + first make sure that there are no changes to the git repository that you will not want to commit (this is needed because it will be convenient to commit with the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -631,7 +633,8 @@ git commit -a \end_inset ). - Then run the following command in the root folder of the source: + Then run the following command in the root folder of the source: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -653,7 +656,8 @@ git diff \end_inset . - If anything looks surprising, please investigate. + If anything looks surprising, + please investigate. Keep in mind that the case of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -664,7 +668,8 @@ LFUNs.lyx \end_inset - is special, because it is first generated with + is special, + because it is first generated with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -686,9 +691,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Only commit file format changes in the doc files if these files are using - the new feature of the new file format. + Only commit file format changes in the doc files if these files are using the new feature of the new file format. The reason is rule \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -697,6 +702,7 @@ Note: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:The-fileformat-of" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -708,6 +714,7 @@ reference "enu:The-fileformat-of" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Documentation-policies" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -720,7 +727,8 @@ reference "sec:Documentation-policies" \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Finally, commit using +Finally, + commit using \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -742,6 +750,7 @@ The procedure for updating the layout files is similar to that in step \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:updatefiles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -749,6 +758,7 @@ reference "enu:updatefiles" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:update_lyx_files" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -788,14 +798,13 @@ status collapsed \end_inset files shipped with \SpecialChar LyX - because users would then not be able to export to older - formats. - For example, if a 2.2.0 user exported a template to 2.1.x format and tried - to open the file in \SpecialChar LyX - 2.1.x, there would be an error because the file would - contain a local layout whose format is too new. - The root reason for this is that we do not support converting layouts to - older layout formats, as we do for the + because users would then not be able to export to older formats. + For example, + if a 2.2.0 user exported a template to 2.1.x format and tried to open the file in \SpecialChar LyX + 2.1.x, + there would be an error because the file would contain a local layout whose format is too new. + The root reason for this is that we do not support converting layouts to older layout formats, + as we do for the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -821,13 +830,11 @@ name "subsec:Backporting-new-styles" \begin_layout Standard Starting with the stable \SpecialChar LyX - 2.1 branch, there is a mechanism in place to backport - new styles to the stable version without the need to update the file format. - The basic idea is that the new style definition is automatically copied - to the document preamble so that it can even be used by older minor versions - that did not yet include the style. - To backport a new style to the stable version, the following steps are - needed: + 2.1 branch, + there is a mechanism in place to backport new styles to the stable version without the need to update the file format. + The basic idea is that the new style definition is automatically copied to the document preamble so that it can even be used by older minor versions that did not yet include the style. + To backport a new style to the stable version, + the following steps are needed: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -845,7 +852,8 @@ ForceLocal -1 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Copy the style definition to the stable version, but use +Copy the style definition to the stable version, + but use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -856,13 +864,12 @@ ForceLocal 1 \end_inset instead. - If needed adjust the format to the one used by the stable version (see - the customization manual for details of the layout file format). + If needed adjust the format to the one used by the stable version (see the customization manual for details of the layout file format). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -For each update of the style in a later stable version, increase the argument - of +For each update of the style in a later stable version, + increase the argument of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -873,7 +880,8 @@ ForceLocal \end_inset by one. - (In the stable version, the development version should not be touched.) + (In the stable version, + the development version should not be touched.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -898,11 +906,12 @@ lyx2lyx \end_inset - support is needed for backported styles: Since the style of the development - version has an infinite version number, it will always be used. - Furthermore, since its version number is less than one, the style will - not be written anymore to the document header for files saved by the new - version. + support is needed for backported styles: + Since the style of the development version has an infinite version number, + it will always be used. + Furthermore, + since its version number is less than one, + the style will not be written anymore to the document header for files saved by the new version. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -910,8 +919,7 @@ Updating the file format number of bind/ui files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A change to the functionality of existing LFUNs can require a conversion - of +A change to the functionality of existing LFUNs can require a conversion of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -931,8 +939,9 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - files, and therefore an increment of the LFUN format, as well as a conversion - of Info insets in + files, + and therefore an increment of the LFUN format, + as well as a conversion of Info insets in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -943,16 +952,14 @@ status collapsed \end_inset files for manuals. - The latter cannot be done automatically and also requires an update of - the \SpecialChar LyX + The latter cannot be done automatically and also requires an update of the \SpecialChar LyX file format. (Think e.g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset of someone who might have made a set of \SpecialChar LyX - teaching manuals for use in their - own group.) + teaching manuals for use in their own group.) \begin_inset Foot status open @@ -1012,6 +1019,7 @@ See step \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:updatefiles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1019,6 +1027,7 @@ reference "enu:updatefiles" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:update_lyx_files" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1032,7 +1041,9 @@ updatedocs.py \end_inset - command, use this command: + command, + use this command: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1068,18 +1079,22 @@ status collapsed \end_inset files. - To do so, increment the \SpecialChar LyX + To do so, + increment the \SpecialChar LyX format and proceed as in \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:update_lyx_files" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, steps +, + steps \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:Describe_format" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1087,6 +1102,7 @@ reference "enu:Describe_format" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:updatefiles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1095,10 +1111,12 @@ reference "enu:updatefiles" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:Add-an-entry" +nolink "false" \end_inset -), implement a conversion similar to the one in +), + implement a conversion similar to the one in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1108,7 +1126,9 @@ prefs2prefs_lfuns.py \end_inset - above, as well as a corresponding reversion; for this one can use + above, + as well as a corresponding reversion; + for this one can use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1157,13 +1177,12 @@ officially supported \end_inset layout. - You should therefore think carefully about whether you really want to do - this and discuss it on lyx-devel, since you will need to be prepared to - update and fix the layout if necessary. - If the layout is experimental or for a rarely used document class, then - it may be better to add it to the relevant portion of the \SpecialChar LyX - wiki, as a user - contribution. + You should therefore think carefully about whether you really want to do this and discuss it on lyx-devel, + since you will need to be prepared to update and fix the layout if necessary. + If the layout is experimental or for a rarely used document class, + then it may be better to add it to the relevant portion of the \SpecialChar LyX + wiki, + as a user contribution. See \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href @@ -1176,9 +1195,10 @@ literal "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In older versions of this document, it was stated that new layout files - require a file format change. - After some discussion, it was decided that this is not needed. +In older versions of this document, + it was stated that new layout files require a file format change. + After some discussion, + it was decided that this is not needed. \begin_inset Foot status open @@ -1201,7 +1221,8 @@ literal "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Quote -For reference, here are the arguments on each side +For reference, + here are the arguments on each side \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -1227,8 +1248,8 @@ All documents produced by 2.2. \end_inset is different. - This is important for people using different machines, or exchanging work - with colleagues. + This is important for people using different machines, + or exchanging work with colleagues. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1244,16 +1265,18 @@ New layout files are not a file format change \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -No new LaTeX classes can be supported in a stable version, and stable versions - have a typical lifetime of 2–3 years. +No new LaTeX classes can be supported in a stable version, + and stable versions have a typical lifetime of 2–3 years. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -We have the same situation already with custom layout files: If a document - using a custom layout file is moved between machines or people, then the - layout file needs to be exchanged as well. - If that is not done, then we have a fallback implemented so that such documents - can still be edited, but not exported, and the user gets a warning. +We have the same situation already with custom layout files: + If a document using a custom layout file is moved between machines or people, + then the layout file needs to be exchanged as well. + If that is not done, + then we have a fallback implemented so that such documents can still be edited, + but not exported, + and the user gets a warning. \end_layout @@ -1265,7 +1288,8 @@ The lyx2lyx script cannot do anything useful in such a case. \begin_layout Standard If you have decided that you are going to add a new layout file to \SpecialChar LyX itself, - then, you should do the following: + then, + you should do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -1303,7 +1327,8 @@ lib/Makefile.am \end_inset -, so that the new layout actually gets installed. +, + so that the new layout actually gets installed. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -1322,7 +1347,8 @@ lib/doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx \begin_deeper \begin_layout Quote -Found: [InsetInfo] +Found: + [InsetInfo] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1380,7 +1406,8 @@ lib/examples/ \end_inset -, respectively. +, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -1393,6 +1420,7 @@ Ensure the autotests for the new layout pass (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:when-to-run-an-export-test" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1405,8 +1433,10 @@ New modules \begin_layout Standard Adding a new module is very similar to adding a new layout. - Therefore, the previous section applies to new modules as well, with two - exceptions: + Therefore, + the previous section applies to new modules as well, + with two exceptions: + \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -1421,7 +1451,9 @@ lib/doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx \end_inset if the module requires a LaTeX package. - In that case, the command for entering the InsetInfo is: + In that case, + the command for entering the InsetInfo is: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1435,8 +1467,9 @@ info-insert package \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Modules do not need a template, only an example, which is strongly encouraged - but not necessarily required. +Modules do not need a template, + only an example, + which is strongly encouraged but not necessarily required. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -1448,7 +1481,8 @@ Layouts for document classes with incompatible versions status open \begin_layout Description -Note: This section is currently only a proposal under discussion. +Note: + This section is currently only a proposal under discussion. Please correct/amend as suited. Remove this note once a consensus is found. \end_layout @@ -1475,19 +1509,18 @@ http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.devel/161126 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Every now and then, there are changes to LaTeX document classes that break - backwards compatibility. +Every now and then, + there are changes to LaTeX document classes that break backwards compatibility. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Uwe has suggested we implement automatic detection of changes in class files. - This could be done by running a script every month that checks if a document - class was changed at CTAN and at the homepages of the scientific journals. - If it reports a change, we can check if our template and layout file are - still usable with the changed document class. - (This is different from the autotests insofar, as this would also catch - changes that do not result in compilation errors.) + This could be done by running a script every month that checks if a document class was changed at CTAN and at the homepages of the scientific journals. + If it reports a change, + we can check if our template and layout file are still usable with the changed document class. + (This is different from the autotests insofar, + as this would also catch changes that do not result in compilation errors.) \end_layout \end_inset @@ -1502,10 +1535,13 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - file, removed \SpecialChar LaTeX - commands, or both. + file, + removed \SpecialChar LaTeX + commands, + or both. How should this best be handled in \SpecialChar LyX -? +? + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1515,8 +1551,7 @@ The idea is to support the new version with a new \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Itemize Existing documents can still be opened in \SpecialChar LyX - and will continue to work on - systems where the old version is still installed. + and will continue to work on systems where the old version is still installed. \end_layout @@ -1531,11 +1566,10 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - files, \SpecialChar LyX - can check for the availability of the particular version and reflect - this in the GUI. - Different document class versions with the same file name are currently - (2.2.x) not detected by the configuration script. + files, + \SpecialChar LyX + can check for the availability of the particular version and reflect this in the GUI. + Different document class versions with the same file name are currently (2.2.x) not detected by the configuration script. This is planned for 2.3. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -1545,16 +1579,16 @@ https://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/msg192467.html \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -However, what we really need is version detection for the configuration, - so that the user can be warned if the required class file has the wrong - version. - (If the class file keeps the name over the version change, only one of - the two layout files generates compilable documents.) +However, + what we really need is version detection for the configuration, + so that the user can be warned if the required class file has the wrong version. + (If the class file keeps the name over the version change, + only one of the two layout files generates compilable documents.) \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -This point was also made here: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.devel/143 -798 +This point was also made here: + http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.editors.lyx.devel/143798 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -1568,6 +1602,7 @@ The new layout can be added both to the master and the stable branches, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "subsec:New-layouts" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1576,12 +1611,12 @@ reference "subsec:New-layouts" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The user can move an existing document to the new version simply by selecting - a new document class. +The user can move an existing document to the new version simply by selecting a new document class. This step is well supported by \SpecialChar LyX -, with established methods for handling - unsupported styles and other changes. - This way, no lyx2lyx code is required. +, + with established methods for handling unsupported styles and other changes. + This way, + no lyx2lyx code is required. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1589,8 +1624,8 @@ The steps to support a new version of an existing document class are thus: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Create a new layout file including the upstream version in the name (avoid - special characters like spaces and dots), e.g. +Create a new layout file including the upstream version in the name (avoid special characters like spaces and dots), + e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1667,7 +1702,8 @@ DeclareLaTeXClass{ACM SIGGRAPH (<= v. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -0.91, obsolete)} +0.91, + obsolete)} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -1676,7 +1712,8 @@ DeclareLaTeXClass{ACM SIGGRAPH (<= v. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -To avoid duplicate definitions, the new layout can +To avoid duplicate definitions, + the new layout can \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1689,8 +1726,7 @@ Input the old layout file and add\SpecialChar breakableslash remove\SpecialChar breakableslash obsolete\SpecialChar breakableslash -modify settings and styles (similar - to the inclusion of +modify settings and styles (similar to the inclusion of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1714,22 +1750,21 @@ master version \end_inset and have the old layout import it. - However, this should not be done because any changes to the new layout - would need undo steps in the importing old layout. + However, + this should not be done because any changes to the new layout would need undo steps in the importing old layout. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -If the new LaTeX document class obsoletes the old one, update the example - and template files to use the new layout. - Add a note about the changes (preferably with a pointer to the documentation - of the changes). +If the new LaTeX document class obsoletes the old one, + update the example and template files to use the new layout. + Add a note about the changes (preferably with a pointer to the documentation of the changes). \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -This way, new documents based on the template or example will use the up-to-date - document class version. +This way, + new documents based on the template or example will use the up-to-date document class version. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -1745,13 +1780,12 @@ Tests \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Automated tests are an important tool to detect bugs and regressions in - software development. - Some projects like gcc even require each bug fix to be accompanied by a - test case for the automatic test suite, that would detect this bug. - Testing interactive features automatically is of course very hard, but - core functionality like document import and export can be tested quite - easily, and some tests of this kind exist. +Automated tests are an important tool to detect bugs and regressions in software development. + Some projects like gcc even require each bug fix to be accompanied by a test case for the automatic test suite, + that would detect this bug. + Testing interactive features automatically is of course very hard, + but core functionality like document import and export can be tested quite easily, + and some tests of this kind exist. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -1763,7 +1797,8 @@ There are attempts to set up a suite of unit tests for LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -TODO: describe what is done and what is still to do. +TODO: + describe what is done and what is still to do. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -1794,7 +1829,8 @@ src/tex2lyx/test/runtests.py \end_inset . - Each test consists of two files: + Each test consists of two files: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1817,8 +1853,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset contains the expected output of tex2lyx. - When a test is run, the actual produced output is compared with the stored - reference output. + When a test is run, + the actual produced output is compared with the stored reference output. The test passes if both are identical. The test machinery is also able to generate a file \begin_inset Flex Code @@ -1851,7 +1887,8 @@ src/tex2lyx \end_inset - subfolder of the build directory, the commands + subfolder of the build directory, + the commands \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1861,7 +1898,9 @@ ctest \end_inset - (cmake, all platforms), + (cmake, + all platforms), + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1871,7 +1910,8 @@ make test \end_inset - (cmake, when using a make based build system and not MSVC) or + (cmake, + when using a make based build system and not MSVC) or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1882,7 +1922,9 @@ make alltests \end_inset (autotools) will run the tex2lyx tests. - Alternatively, in the root of the build directory, the command + Alternatively, + in the root of the build directory, + the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1901,8 +1943,7 @@ tex2lyx \end_inset . - Another way to run the tex2lyx tests in the root build directory is to - instead use the command + Another way to run the tex2lyx tests in the root build directory is to instead use the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1912,7 +1953,8 @@ ctest -L '(cmplyx|roundtrip)' \end_inset -, which runs all tests categorized with the label +, + which runs all tests categorized with the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1929,8 +1971,8 @@ cmplyx \end_inset . - If a test fails, the differences between the expected and actual results - are output in unified diff format. + If a test fails, + the differences between the expected and actual results are output in unified diff format. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -1945,7 +1987,8 @@ name "sec:Updating-test-references" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In some cases a changed tex2lyx output is not a test failure, but wanted, +In some cases a changed tex2lyx output is not a test failure, + but wanted, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -1954,9 +1997,11 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -if a tex2lyx bug was fixed, or a new feature was added. +if a tex2lyx bug was fixed, + or a new feature was added. In these cases the stored references need to be updated. - To do so if using autotools, call + To do so if using autotools, + call \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -1977,7 +2022,8 @@ src/tex2lyx \end_inset subdirectory of the build directory. - If instead using CMake, call + If instead using CMake, + call \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2002,8 +2048,8 @@ src/tex2lyx/test status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that this is a case where a make target in the build directory can - affect the source directory, which might not be advisable. +Note that this is a case where a make target in the build directory can affect the source directory, + which might not be advisable. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2044,7 +2090,8 @@ In the appearing MSVC program assure that you build the \emph on Release \emph default - version, then right-click on the project + version, + then right-click on the project \family sans updatetex2lyxtests \family default @@ -2065,11 +2112,10 @@ only \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For convenience, these commands also produce re-exported roundtrip .lyx.tex - files. - Please examine the changed output carefully before committing the changed - files to the repository: Since the test machinery does not do a roundtrip - test .tex +For convenience, + these commands also produce re-exported roundtrip .lyx.tex files. + Please examine the changed output carefully before committing the changed files to the repository: + Since the test machinery does not do a roundtrip test .tex \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ \end_inset @@ -2077,12 +2123,14 @@ For convenience, these commands also produce re-exported roundtrip .lyx.tex \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ \end_inset - .tex, and does not compare the produced dvi or pdf output, it assumes that - the stored .lyx reference produces correct output if processed by \SpecialChar LyX + .tex, + and does not compare the produced dvi or pdf output, + it assumes that the stored .lyx reference produces correct output if processed by \SpecialChar LyX . - There is only one chance to detect wrong output: before committing a new - reference. - Once it is committed, it is quite difficult to verify whether it is correct. + There is only one chance to detect wrong output: + before committing a new reference. + Once it is committed, + it is quite difficult to verify whether it is correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -2091,11 +2139,10 @@ Please do not \emph default update the test references by opening them with \SpecialChar LyX - or directly running lyx2lyx - on them. - This would not work, since lyx2lyx and \SpecialChar LyX - produce slightly different files - regarding insignificant whitespace and line breaks. + or directly running lyx2lyx on them. + This would not work, + since lyx2lyx and \SpecialChar LyX + produce slightly different files regarding insignificant whitespace and line breaks. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -2103,8 +2150,8 @@ Adding a new test \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In many cases tests for new features may be added to one of the existing - test files, but sometimes this is not possible or not wanted. +In many cases tests for new features may be added to one of the existing test files, + but sometimes this is not possible or not wanted. Then a new test file needs to be added: \end_layout @@ -2134,8 +2181,8 @@ src/tex2lyx/test/.lyx.lyx \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Once you confirmed that the tex2lyx output is correct, add the new files - to the corresponding lists in +Once you confirmed that the tex2lyx output is correct, + add the new files to the corresponding lists in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2145,7 +2192,8 @@ src/tex2lyx/test/runtests.py \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2169,8 +2217,8 @@ src/tex2lyx/test/CMakeLists.txt \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Commit the changes to the repository, or send a patch to the development - list and ask for committing if you do not have commit rights. +Commit the changes to the repository, + or send a patch to the development list and ask for committing if you do not have commit rights. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -2226,8 +2274,7 @@ ctest \emph on build directory \emph default - (all platforms) or (when using a make based build system and not MSVC) - + (all platforms) or (when using a make based build system and not MSVC) \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2277,8 +2324,8 @@ Export tests \begin_layout Standard The export tests are integration tests. They take longer to run and are more likely to break than the tex2lyx tests. - Nevertheless, they have caught many regressions and without a better alternativ -e it is important to keep them up-to-date and understand how they work. + Nevertheless, + they have caught many regressions and without a better alternative it is important to keep them up-to-date and understand how they work. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -2290,8 +2337,11 @@ reuse \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - documentation, template, and example documents. - In addition, there are a number of dedicated sample documents in the + documentation, + template, + and example documents. + In addition, + there are a number of dedicated sample documents in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2303,20 +2353,21 @@ autotests/export/ subfolder of the \SpecialChar LyX source code distribution. - All samples are (after copying and eventual processing by scripts) exported - to various output formats via the + All samples are (after copying and eventual processing by scripts) exported to various output formats via the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -—export-to +— +export-to \end_layout \end_inset command line option. The tests checks for errors reported by LyX. - (However, error-free export is no guarantee for an error-free output document.) + (However, + error-free export is no guarantee for an error-free output document.) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -2336,13 +2387,13 @@ Because the export tests are integration tests and take a long time to run, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -When making a non-trivial change to a .layout file, run the export and layout - tests corresponding with that .layout file. +When making a non-trivial change to a .layout file, + run the export and layout tests corresponding with that .layout file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -When making non-trivial changes to a .lyx file, run the export tests correspondin -g to that .lyx file. +When making non-trivial changes to a .lyx file, + run the export tests corresponding to that .lyx file. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -2353,34 +2404,31 @@ This rule is due to revision. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -There is an objection from the documentation maintainer that working on - the documentation must not be complicated by having to consider non-standard - exports. +There is an objection from the documentation maintainer that working on the documentation must not be complicated by having to consider non-standard exports. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -successful compiling/testing an edited documentation file with pdflatex - suffices to ensure it can be commited, not tests with other exports are - required. +successful compiling/testing an edited documentation file with pdflatex suffices to ensure it can be commited, + not tests with other exports are required. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -If sudden failures with other exports due to “half-tested” documentation - updates are a problem for the test maintainer, the test suite should use - copies that are +If sudden failures with other exports due to “half-tested” documentation updates are a problem for the test maintainer, + the test suite should use copies that are \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -copied to a cache dir (autotests/samples/doc/, say) but not changed, +copied to a cache dir (autotests/samples/doc/, + say) but not changed, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -updated regularely (but on a time chosen by the test suite maintainer) from - the originals in lib/doc/ +updated regularely (but on a time chosen by the test suite maintainer) from the originals in lib/doc/ \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -This way, +This way, + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -2392,13 +2440,11 @@ the documentation is still tested in full (with some delay), \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -failures with non-default export can be examined and handled accordingly - in one run with the cache update, +failures with non-default export can be examined and handled accordingly in one run with the cache update, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -“interesting failures” (like the nested-language+polyglossia problem in - es/Customization can be separated and moved into dedicated test samples. +“interesting failures” (like the nested-language+polyglossia problem in es/Customization can be separated and moved into dedicated test samples. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2409,8 +2455,7 @@ failures with non-default export can be examined and handled accordingly \begin_layout Itemize When making non-trivial changes to LyX's \SpecialChar LaTeX export code (e.g. - touching the encoding code or package handling code that you expect will - change the exported \SpecialChar LaTeX + touching the encoding code or package handling code that you expect will change the exported \SpecialChar LaTeX in some way): \end_layout @@ -2418,7 +2463,8 @@ When making non-trivial changes to LyX's \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_layout Standard \paragraph_spacing single Consider running all of the export tests before and after your change. - If there are differences, please reconcile these (i.e. + If there are differences, + please reconcile these (i.e. fix the bug or fix the tests) \emph on before @@ -2432,24 +2478,25 @@ If you do not want to run the tests, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -post the patch on the list and others will run the tests and eventually - ask for fixes, or +post the patch on the list and others will run the tests and eventually ask for fixes, + or \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -commit, but be prepared to fix eventually arising problems or to revert - the commit if there is no easy fix. +commit, + but be prepared to fix eventually arising problems or to revert the commit if there is no easy fix. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Understand how to interpret test failures. - If your commit is found to have broken a test, you should be able to interpret - the test results when made aware of them. + If your commit is found to have broken a test, + you should be able to interpret the test results when made aware of them. See Section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Interpreting-export-tests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2467,11 +2514,11 @@ Output formats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The following output formats are currently tested for each sample document - (see +The following output formats are currently tested for each sample document (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:Export-test-filtering" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2594,7 +2641,8 @@ not \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -tested: (or only if set as default output format in the document source) +tested: + (or only if set as default output format in the document source) \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -2645,7 +2693,9 @@ odf \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring pdf5msystemFM -text (nor text2, ..., text4) +text (nor text2, + ..., + text4) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -2680,7 +2730,8 @@ Configuring the tests \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To enable the export autotests, add the +To enable the export autotests, + add the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2714,6 +2765,7 @@ This flag will increase the time for the cmake command by several seconds, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Interpreting-export-tests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2731,7 +2783,8 @@ Running the tests \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To run all tests, in the build directory simply run the command +To run all tests, + in the build directory simply run the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2742,8 +2795,10 @@ ctest \end_inset . - A full, up-to-date TeXLive installation is recommended to run the tests. - Otherwise, some tests will fail. + A full, + up-to-date TeXLive installation is recommended to run the tests. + Otherwise, + some tests will fail. Tests with additional requirements are labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -2757,7 +2812,8 @@ unreliable:nonstandard \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To run only some of the tests, use command line options (see examples below): +To run only some of the tests, + use command line options (see examples below): \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -2850,8 +2906,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -Useful in conjunction with the -R, -L, -E and -LE options, e.g., if you want - to know how many tests there are or whether your +Useful in conjunction with the -R, + -L, + -E and -LE options, + e.g., + if you want to know how many tests there are or whether your \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2879,7 +2938,10 @@ print-labels \end_inset print the list of all labels associated with the test set. - Can also be combined with -R, -L, -E, ... + Can also be combined with -R, + -L, + -E, + ... \end_layout @@ -2904,14 +2966,15 @@ status collapsed \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard We are still working on getting the tests to run in parallel. - However, when running the tests in parallel, sometimes tests fail that - pass when run sequentially. - A reasonable approach is to first run the tests in parallel and then run - the failed tests sequentially. + However, + when running the tests in parallel, + sometimes tests fail that pass when run sequentially. + A reasonable approach is to first run the tests in parallel and then run the failed tests sequentially. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For example, to run 8 jobs at a time: +For example, + to run 8 jobs at a time: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -2955,7 +3018,8 @@ R \end_inset -), the same subset must be specified when using the +), + the same subset must be specified when using the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -2967,8 +3031,7 @@ rerun-failed \end_inset - option because it is the test numbers that are used to index which tests - failed on the previous run. + option because it is the test numbers that are used to index which tests failed on the previous run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -3001,17 +3064,16 @@ timeout \end_inset - Set a global timeout on all tests that do not already have a timeout set - on them. + Set a global timeout on all tests that do not already have a timeout set on them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard There have been bugs in LyX and in \SpecialChar LaTeX - which cause compilation to hang, and - without a timeout a test might never stop (in one case there was even a - memory leak). - If a test times out, the + which cause compilation to hang, + and without a timeout a test might never stop (in one case there was even a memory leak). + If a test times out, + the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3021,8 +3083,8 @@ ctest \end_inset - command exits with error, but you can distinguish between a timed out test - and a failed test in the output reported at the end of the + command exits with error, + but you can distinguish between a timed out test and a failed test in the output reported at the end of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3055,7 +3117,8 @@ Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -run only the export tests: +run only the export tests: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3069,7 +3132,8 @@ ctest -L export \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -run inverted tests: +run inverted tests: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3083,7 +3147,8 @@ ctest -L "inverted|suspended" \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -list all export tests which match any of the labelling patterns: +list all export tests which match any of the labelling patterns: + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3123,7 +3188,8 @@ Interpreting the export test results \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A test can fail for several reasons, not all of them bad. +A test can fail for several reasons, + not all of them bad. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -3169,15 +3235,14 @@ name "enu:exposed" \end_inset -A change in a document exposed a previously unknown bug or an incompatibility - with an export format (e.g. +A change in a document exposed a previously unknown bug or an incompatibility with an export format (e.g. Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Because the .lyx files are exported in several formats, it is not surprising - that many of the exports fail. +Because the .lyx files are exported in several formats, + it is not surprising that many of the exports fail. This expectation of failure is addressed by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3186,7 +3251,9 @@ inverting \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - the tests, that is, by marking the test as + the tests, + that is, + by marking the test as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3207,8 +3274,7 @@ failing . \emph default - It follows that these expected failures will not show up as failed tests - in the test results and thus will not pollute the + It follows that these expected failures will not show up as failed tests in the test results and thus will not pollute the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3217,8 +3283,10 @@ good \end_inset tests. - If the export actually succeeds, then the test will fail. - The purpose of this failure is to get your attention—something has changed, + If the export actually succeeds, + then the test will fail. + The purpose of this failure is to get your attention— +something has changed, possibly for the better. \end_layout @@ -3234,8 +3302,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -) above the block in which the test is listed as inverted or ignored in - the files +) above the block in which the test is listed as inverted or ignored in the files \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3245,7 +3312,8 @@ development/autotests/invertedTests \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3270,17 +3338,16 @@ development/autotests/ignoredTests \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A good question is why do we enable the tests for non-default formats? The - answer is that if a non-default route is broken it is often because a bug - was introduced in LyX and not because a document-specific change was made - that is not supported by the route. - In other words, there is a high signal/noise ratio in the export tests - for some non-default formats. +A good question is why do we enable the tests for non-default formats? + The answer is that if a non-default route is broken it is often because a bug was introduced in LyX and not because a document-specific change was made that is not supported by the route. + In other words, + there is a high signal/noise ratio in the export tests for some non-default formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When a test or several tests fail, consider checking the files in the +When a test or several tests fail, + consider checking the files in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3291,7 +3358,8 @@ Testing/Temporary/ \end_inset subdirectory of your build directory. - In this subdirectory are three files: the file + In this subdirectory are three files: + the file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3311,7 +3379,8 @@ ctest \end_inset - command; the + command; + the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3321,8 +3390,8 @@ LastTest.log \end_inset - file contains the output from the tests (and often has details explaining - why a test failed); and the + file contains the output from the tests (and often has details explaining why a test failed); + and the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3341,13 +3410,13 @@ What action should you take if a test fails? \begin_layout Standard \paragraph_spacing single -It is always good to check manually why something fails and if it passes - if the PDF output is good. +It is always good to check manually why something fails and if it passes if the PDF output is good. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Generally, if a change breaks compilation for the target format (for the - manuals pdf2) without solving some important other issue, +Generally, + if a change breaks compilation for the target format (for the manuals pdf2) without solving some important other issue, + \emph on fix or revert the commit \emph default @@ -3355,9 +3424,9 @@ fix or revert the commit \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -If it is not possible to (immediately) fix the failure but there are reasons - not to revert the commit (e.g. - it fixes another more important issue), +If it is not possible to (immediately) fix the failure but there are reasons not to revert the commit (e.g. + it fixes another more important issue), + \emph on invert \emph default @@ -3365,6 +3434,7 @@ invert \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:Inverted-tests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3376,9 +3446,11 @@ If an \emph on inverted \emph default - test case fails because the export now works, first confirm that the output - of the corresponding export looks good (e.g., not garbled text). - Then, + test case fails because the export now works, + first confirm that the output of the corresponding export looks good (e.g., + not garbled text). + Then, + \emph on uninvert \emph default @@ -3394,6 +3466,7 @@ invertedTests \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:Inverted-tests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3401,7 +3474,8 @@ reference "par:Inverted-tests" \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -If the export did not fail previously but led to wrong output (PDF, say), +If the export did not fail previously but led to wrong output (PDF, + say), \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -3418,6 +3492,7 @@ unreliable:wrong_output \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:Unreliable-tests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3435,6 +3510,7 @@ Invert \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:Inverted-tests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3450,17 +3526,17 @@ unreliable:nonstandard \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - or testing on a system with only a subset of TeXLive installed), ignore - the failure, ask for someone else to run the test, or install the missing - resources and try again. + or testing on a system with only a subset of TeXLive installed), + ignore the failure, + ask for someone else to run the test, + or install the missing resources and try again. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Check the log file Testing/Temporary/LastTest.log. - In case of latex-errors rerun the failing test with environment variable - 'LYX_DEBUG_LATEX' set to '1'. - This will include latex messages in LastTest.log, so it should be easier - to interpret the fail-reason. + In case of latex-errors rerun the failing test with environment variable 'LYX_DEBUG_LATEX' set to '1'. + This will include latex messages in LastTest.log, + so it should be easier to interpret the fail-reason. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -3499,7 +3575,8 @@ WILL_FAIL \end_inset -, i.e. +, + i.e. they are reported as failing if the export works without error \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed @@ -3515,7 +3592,8 @@ https://cmake.org/cmake/help/v3.0/command/set_tests_properties.html \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Add failing cases to this file, if they cannot be solved +Add failing cases to this file, + if they cannot be solved \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3523,9 +3601,9 @@ immediately \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - but it is expected that the export will work in a foreseeable future, e.g. - low priority issues like failures to export to a non-target format (for - the manuals everything except pdf2). + but it is expected that the export will work in a foreseeable future, + e.g. + low priority issues like failures to export to a non-target format (for the manuals everything except pdf2). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -3548,7 +3626,8 @@ todo test failures that require attention: \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -minor issues to explore and properly sort later, +minor issues to explore and properly sort later, + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -3575,8 +3654,9 @@ ert Export failures due to "raw" LaTeX use in ERT or preamble code. \end_deeper \begin_layout Description -texissues Export fails due to LaTeX limitations like non-ASCII characters - in verbatim or listings, incompatible packages, ... +texissues Export fails due to LaTeX limitations like non-ASCII characters in verbatim or listings, + incompatible packages, + ... \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -3585,17 +3665,18 @@ texissues Export fails due to LaTeX limitations like non-ASCII characters \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -If the source can be made more robust without becoming "hackish", fix the - source, +If the source can be made more robust without becoming "hackish", + fix the source, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -if LyX could be enhanced to care for a permanent TeX limitation, file a - ticket at trac and add a pattern under lyxbugs, +if LyX could be enhanced to care for a permanent TeX limitation, + file a ticket at trac and add a pattern under lyxbugs, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -otherwise, add a pattern here. +otherwise, + add a pattern here. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -3661,7 +3742,8 @@ ctest -L inverted \end_inset . - However, they also get the test property + However, + they also get the test property \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -3671,7 +3753,8 @@ WILL_FAIL \end_inset -, i.e. +, + i.e. they are reported as failing if the export works without error. From time to time they still have to be checked using \begin_inset Flex Code @@ -3687,8 +3770,8 @@ ctest -L suspended \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -These tests are suspended, because the export fails for known reasons which - cannot ATM be resolved. +These tests are suspended, + because the export fails for known reasons which cannot ATM be resolved. But it is expected the reason might disappear in the future. Be it new TL or better handling in \SpecialChar LyX . @@ -3706,11 +3789,12 @@ status collapsed \end_inset parameter nothing changes. - Suspended or not, tests will be executed depending only on the selecting - regular expression given to the ctest command (see + Suspended or not, + tests will be executed depending only on the selecting regular expression given to the ctest command (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:ctest-options" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3771,8 +3855,8 @@ ctest -L inverted \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -They pass or fail for various reasons not related to LyX (nonstandard, erratic) - or pass but should rather fail (wrong output). +They pass or fail for various reasons not related to LyX (nonstandard, + erratic) or pass but should rather fail (wrong output). \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed @@ -3803,14 +3887,16 @@ unreliableTests \end_layout \begin_layout Description -nonstandard Documents with additional requirements, e.g. +nonstandard Documents with additional requirements, + e.g. a class or package file not in TeXLive. \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -TODO: rename to +TODO: + rename to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3842,8 +3928,8 @@ erratic Tests depending on local configuration or the phase of the moon. \begin_layout Description varying_versions Tests depending on e.g. OS or version of a non-TeX-Live dependency. - Note that a full, up-to-date TeX Live installation is required so this - sublabel is about versions of other dependencies. + Note that a full, + up-to-date TeX Live installation is required so this sublabel is about versions of other dependencies. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -3851,8 +3937,7 @@ wrong \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -output Export does not fail but the resulting document has (undetected) - errors. +output Export does not fail but the resulting document has (undetected) errors. \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -3887,8 +3972,7 @@ Export test filtering \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The assignment of a label to a test is controlled by a set of files with - regular expressions that are matched against the test names. +The assignment of a label to a test is controlled by a set of files with regular expressions that are matched against the test names. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -3901,6 +3985,7 @@ Tests selected here are withdrawn in the configuration step (cf. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "par:Configuring-ctests" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3920,8 +4005,8 @@ Output Stop if tests not selected here \end_deeper \begin_layout Description -unreliableTests: Tests selected pass or fail dependent on the system where - the test is run. +unreliableTests: + Tests selected pass or fail dependent on the system where the test is run. Selected tests gain the label 'unreliable'. \end_layout @@ -3933,7 +4018,8 @@ Input Each test which passed 'ignoredTests' \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Output Gain label 'unreliable', proceed with checking for 'inverted'. +Output Gain label 'unreliable', + proceed with checking for 'inverted'. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -3953,9 +4039,10 @@ Input Each test which passed 'ignoredTests' \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Output Stop if not selected, gain test-property 'WILL_FAIL' (i.e. - tests are reported as failing if the export works without error.) If no - subselection applies, gain labels 'export' and 'inverted'. +Output Stop if not selected, + gain test-property 'WILL_FAIL' (i.e. + tests are reported as failing if the export works without error.) If no subselection applies, + gain labels 'export' and 'inverted'. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -3963,9 +4050,10 @@ The following filter perfoms a subselection of 'invertedTests': \end_layout \begin_layout Description -suspendedTests Tests selected here gain the label 'suspended' but _not_ - 'export' or 'inverted', although in ctest they remain inverted. - ('ctest' knows only 'inverted' or not, labels are used only for test selection) +suspendedTests Tests selected here gain the label 'suspended' but _not_ 'export' or 'inverted', + although in ctest they remain inverted. + ('ctest' knows only 'inverted' or not, + labels are used only for test selection) \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -4479,7 +4567,8 @@ suspendedTests \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - filter, this would be far less complicated: + filter, + this would be far less complicated: \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -4901,19 +4990,21 @@ check_load tests \begin_layout Standard These tests check whether a .lyx file loads without any terminal messages. - They correspond to the manual operations of simply opening a .lyx file on - the terminal, exiting LyX once the file is loaded, and then checking whether - there is any output from the terminal. + They correspond to the manual operations of simply opening a .lyx file on the terminal, + exiting LyX once the file is loaded, + and then checking whether there is any output from the terminal. These tests are useful for catching malformed .lyx files and parsing bugs. - They can also be used to find a .lyx file in which an instance of something - happens. - To do this, compile LyX with a local patch that outputs something to the - terminal when an instance is found, and then run the check_load tests to - see if any fail, which would mean that the situation occurs in the LyX - documentation files corresponding to the failed tests. - These tests are expectedly fragile: any LyX diagnostic message, which is - not necessarily an error, would cause the tests to fail. - Similarly, any message output by a library (e.g. + They can also be used to find a .lyx file in which an instance of something happens. + To do this, + compile LyX with a local patch that outputs something to the terminal when an instance is found, + and then run the check_load tests to see if any fail, + which would mean that the situation occurs in the LyX documentation files corresponding to the failed tests. + These tests are expectedly fragile: + any LyX diagnostic message, + which is not necessarily an error, + would cause the tests to fail. + Similarly, + any message output by a library (e.g. Qt) would also cause failure. There are some messages that the check_load tests are instructed to ignore, which are stored in the file @@ -4930,7 +5021,8 @@ development/autotests/filterCheckWarnings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Under cmake, the tests are labeled as 'load'. +Under cmake, + the tests are labeled as 'load'. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -4938,8 +5030,7 @@ Keytests \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Automated tests based on the "MonKey Testing" keytest program are enabled - if the necessary dependencies are found and if the CMake flag +Automated tests based on the "MonKey Testing" keytest program are enabled if the necessary dependencies are found and if the CMake flag \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -4988,9 +5079,9 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - CMake flag and are useful for finding broken links in our documentation - files. - If a URL test fails, to see which link in particular was reported as broken, + CMake flag and are useful for finding broken links in our documentation files. + If a URL test fails, + to see which link in particular was reported as broken, see the output in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -5003,8 +5094,7 @@ LastTest.log . These tests are extremely fragile (e.g. - a test can depend on your Internet connection) and a failed URL test should - not be taken too seriously. + a test can depend on your Internet connection) and a failed URL test should not be taken too seriously. URL tests are labeled as \family typewriter 'url'. @@ -5016,8 +5106,8 @@ Running URL tests \begin_layout Standard cmake is required to run the \SpecialChar LyX - tests, running them is not implemented for - autotools. + tests, + running them is not implemented for autotools. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -5051,8 +5141,7 @@ runs the tests 'check_accessible_urls' \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Associated test results can be examined in ctest-log directory in files - of the form 'LastFailed.*URLS.log' +Associated test results can be examined in ctest-log directory in files of the form 'LastFailed.*URLS.log' \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -5061,7 +5150,8 @@ Development policies \begin_layout Standard This chapter lists some guidelines that should be followed. - This list is not complete, and many guidelines are in separate chapters, + This list is not complete, + and many guidelines are in separate chapters, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -5074,6 +5164,7 @@ When is an update of the .lyx file format number needed? \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:When-is-an" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5085,8 +5176,7 @@ When to set a fixed milestone? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Only set a fixed milestone (like 2.1.4 or 2.2.0) if at least one of the following - holds: +Only set a fixed milestone (like 2.1.4 or 2.2.0) if at least one of the following holds: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -5098,9 +5188,12 @@ The bug is so severe that it would block the release if it is not fixed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If a bug is important, but nobody is working on it, and it is no showstopper, +If a bug is important, + but nobody is working on it, + and it is no showstopper, use a milestone like 2.1.x or 2.2.x. - For all other bugs, do not set a milestone at all. + For all other bugs, + do not set a milestone at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -5141,8 +5234,8 @@ name "enu:If-you-are" \end_inset -If you are not the maintainer of a doc file or a chapter/section, you MUST - use change tracking so that the maintainer could review your changes +If you are not the maintainer of a doc file or a chapter/section, + you MUST use change tracking so that the maintainer could review your changes \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -5153,12 +5246,10 @@ Respect the formatting of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -All changes you make to a file in one language MUST also go the file in - the other actively maintained languages. - Normally the maintainer does this for you, if you are the maintainer, you - must do this by copying or changing the changed or added text to the other - files so that the translators sees the blue underlined text and know what - they have to translate and what was changed. +All changes you make to a file in one language MUST also go the file in the other actively maintained languages. + Normally the maintainer does this for you, + if you are the maintainer, + you must do this by copying or changing the changed or added text to the other files so that the translators sees the blue underlined text and know what they have to translate and what was changed. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -5174,9 +5265,9 @@ PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -All fixes (typos, compilation fixes, updates info etc.) go at first into - the current Git branch because the user should benefit from all fixes with - every minor release. +All fixes (typos, + compilation fixes, + updates info etc.) go at first into the current Git branch because the user should benefit from all fixes with every minor release. Feel free to commit directly to branch as long as you follow rule \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5185,6 +5276,7 @@ All fixes (typos, compilation fixes, updates info etc.) go at first into \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:If-you-are" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5199,10 +5291,8 @@ name "enu:The-fileformat-of" \end_inset -The fileformat of a file must not be changed unless you document a new feature - in LyX that requires a new fileformat. - The reason for this rule is to keep it easy for the doc maintainers to - port/backport changes to from master/branch. +The fileformat of a file must not be changed unless you document a new feature in LyX that requires a new fileformat. + The reason for this rule is to keep it easy for the doc maintainers to port/backport changes to from master/branch. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -5213,7 +5303,8 @@ The main documentation consists of these files: Welcome.lyx It is the first file you see after an installation. We assume that a new user sees this. It is therefore designed to be as simple as possible. - Therefore please don't add any new formatting, only fix typos etc. + Therefore please don't add any new formatting, + only fix typos etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -5221,16 +5312,14 @@ Intro.lyx This is the manual new users will read to learn \SpecialChar LyX . It therefore uses a limited set of formatting. For example a standard document class. - Since new users will first learn about the formatting possibilities of - \SpecialChar LyX + Since new users will first learn about the formatting possibilities of \SpecialChar LyX please keep this file that simple. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Tutorial.lyx Our tutorial. It must be always up to date. - Normally there is nothing to add since we don't want to overwhelm new users - with too much details. + Normally there is nothing to add since we don't want to overwhelm new users with too much details. They will learn these details while using \SpecialChar LyX and we have special manuals. \end_layout @@ -5238,13 +5327,11 @@ Tutorial.lyx Our tutorial. \begin_layout Description UserGuide.lyx Our main user guide. It covers a mixture of basic and detailed information. - Some information is also in the Math and EmbeddedObjects manual so that - the UserGuide refers to these files. + Some information is also in the Math and EmbeddedObjects manual so that the UserGuide refers to these files. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -EmbeddedObjects.lyx A special manual to explain things like tables floats - boxes etc. +EmbeddedObjects.lyx A special manual to explain things like tables floats boxes etc. in all detail. \end_layout @@ -5253,12 +5340,9 @@ Math.lyx A special manual to explain everything regarding math in all detail. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Additional.lyx This manual covers information that would be too much detail - for the UserGuide or would make the UserGuide uncompilable or only compilable - when installing a lot of special \SpecialChar LaTeX +Additional.lyx This manual covers information that would be too much detail for the UserGuide or would make the UserGuide uncompilable or only compilable when installing a lot of special \SpecialChar LaTeX packages. - What should be in the UserGuide or better in Additional is a matter of - taste. + What should be in the UserGuide or better in Additional is a matter of taste. It is up to you to decide that. Additional.lyx is not completely up to date (only chapter \begin_inset space ~ @@ -5270,17 +5354,16 @@ Additional.lyx This manual covers information that would be too much detail \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2 and 3 are already covered by the UserGuide and/or the EmbeddedObjects - manual. +2 and 3 are already covered by the UserGuide and/or the EmbeddedObjects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Customization.lyx This manual covers information how to customize \SpecialChar LyX - for certain - output formats, operating systems, languages etc. + for certain output formats, + operating systems, + languages etc. It is currently completely out of date and needs a major rewrite and update. - If you do this please assure that your information are given for all OSes - and \SpecialChar LaTeX + If you do this please assure that your information are given for all OSes and \SpecialChar LaTeX distributions (meaning be as objective as possible). \end_layout @@ -5289,15 +5372,16 @@ Coding rules \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The aim of this chapter is to serve as a guide for the developers, to aid - us to get clean and uniform code. +The aim of this chapter is to serve as a guide for the developers, + to aid us to get clean and uniform code. It is incomplete. We really like to have new developers joining the \SpecialChar LyX Project. - However, we have had problems in the past with developers leaving the project - and their contributed code in a far from perfect state. - Most of this happened before we really became aware of these issues, but - still, we don't want it to happen again. + However, + we have had problems in the past with developers leaving the project and their contributed code in a far from perfect state. + Most of this happened before we really became aware of these issues, + but still, + we don't want it to happen again. So we have put together some guidelines and rules for the developers. \end_layout @@ -5306,26 +5390,27 @@ General \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -These guidelines should save us a lot of work while cleaning up the code - and help us to have quality code. +These guidelines should save us a lot of work while cleaning up the code and help us to have quality code. \SpecialChar LyX - has been haunted by problems coming from unfinished projects by people - who have left the team. - Those problems will hopefully disappear if the code is easy to hand over - to somebody else. - In general, if you want to contribute to the main source, we expect at - least that you: + has been haunted by problems coming from unfinished projects by people who have left the team. + Those problems will hopefully disappear if the code is easy to hand over to somebody else. + In general, + if you want to contribute to the main source, + we expect at least that you: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -The most important rule first: KISS (Keep It Simple Stupid), always use - a simple implementation in favor of a more complicated one. +The most important rule first: + KISS (Keep It Simple Stupid), + always use a simple implementation in favor of a more complicated one. This eases maintenance a lot. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Write good C++ code: readable, well commented, and taking advantage of the - OO model. +Write good C++ code: + readable, + well commented, + and taking advantage of the OO model. Follow the formatting guidelines. See sec. \begin_inset space ~ @@ -5338,6 +5423,7 @@ reference "sec:Formatting" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5345,8 +5431,10 @@ noprefix "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -As of LyX 2.4.0, you can use features of C++11. - Accordingly you have to use C++11 standard conforming compiler, e. +As of LyX 2.4.0, + you can use features of C++11. + Accordingly you have to use C++11 standard conforming compiler, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -5356,9 +5444,9 @@ g. \begin_layout Itemize Adapt the code to the structures already existing in \SpecialChar LyX -, or in the case that - you have better ideas, discuss them on the developer's list before writing - the code. +, + or in the case that you have better ideas, + discuss them on the developer's list before writing the code. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5380,6 +5468,7 @@ reference "sec:Exceptions" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5387,10 +5476,15 @@ noprefix "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Document all variables, methods, functions, classes etc. - We are using the source documentation program doxygen, a program that handles - javadoc syntax, to document sources. - You can download doxygen from: +Document all variables, + methods, + functions, + classes etc. + We are using the source documentation program doxygen, + a program that handles javadoc syntax, + to document sources. + You can download doxygen from: + \begin_inset Flex URL status open @@ -5417,6 +5511,7 @@ reference "sec:Code-constructs" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5429,15 +5524,15 @@ Submitting code \begin_layout Standard It is implicitly understood that all patches contributed to The \SpecialChar LyX - Project - is under the Gnu General Public License, version 2 or later. - If you have a problem with that, don't contribute code. - Also please don't just pop up out of the blue with a huge patch (or small) - that changes something substantial in \SpecialChar LyX + Project is under the Gnu General Public License, + version 2 or later. + If you have a problem with that, + don't contribute code. + Also please don't just pop up out of the blue with a huge patch (or small) that changes something substantial in \SpecialChar LyX . - Always discuss your ideas with the developers on the developer's mailing - list. - When you create the patch, please use + Always discuss your ideas with the developers on the developer's mailing list. + When you create the patch, + please use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -5450,8 +5545,8 @@ diff -up \end_inset since we find that a lot easier to read than the other diff formats. - Also please do not send patches that implements or fixes several different - things; several patches is a much better option. + Also please do not send patches that implements or fixes several different things; + several patches is a much better option. We also require you to provide a commit message entry with every patch, this describes in detail what the patch is doing. @@ -5469,15 +5564,16 @@ name "sec:Code-constructs" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -We have several guidelines on code constructs, some of these exist to make - the code faster, others to make the code clearer. - Yet others exist to allow us to take advantage of the strong type checking - in C++. +We have several guidelines on code constructs, + some of these exist to make the code faster, + others to make the code clearer. + Yet others exist to allow us to take advantage of the strong type checking in C++. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declaration of variables should wait as long as possible. - The rule is: + The rule is: + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -5485,8 +5581,8 @@ Don't declare it until you need it. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - In C++ there are a lot of user defined types, and these can very often - be expensive to initialize. + In C++ there are a lot of user defined types, + and these can very often be expensive to initialize. This rule connects to the next rule too. \end_layout @@ -5588,12 +5684,14 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -T++; // not used in LyX +T++; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -U--; // not used in LyX +U--; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5630,7 +5728,9 @@ Container::iterator end = large.end(); \begin_layout Plain Layout -for (Container::iterator it = large.begin(); it != end; ++it) { +for (Container::iterator it = large.begin(); + it != end; + ++it) { \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5660,7 +5760,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -for (auto const & it : large) { +for (auto const & it : + large) { \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5690,7 +5791,9 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -for (Container::iterator it = large.begin(); it != large.end(); ++it) { +for (Container::iterator it = large.begin(); + it != large.end(); + ++it) { \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5730,7 +5833,8 @@ T \end_inset -, return +, + return \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -5741,8 +5845,8 @@ T const \end_inset instead. - This gives better type checking, and will give a compiler warning when - temporaries are used wrongly. + This gives better type checking, + and will give a compiler warning when temporaries are used wrongly. \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -5793,8 +5897,7 @@ T add(...); \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Avoid using the default cases in switch statements unless you have too. - Use the correct type for the switch expression and let the compiler ensure - that all cases are exhausted. + Use the correct type for the switch expression and let the compiler ensure that all cases are exhausted. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5873,7 +5976,8 @@ case FOO_BAR2: \begin_layout Plain Layout -default: // not needed and would shadow a wrong use of Foo +default: + // not needed and would shadow a wrong use of Foo \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5883,7 +5987,8 @@ default: // not needed and would shadow a wrong use of Foo \begin_layout Plain Layout - break; + break; + \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5951,8 +6056,7 @@ name "sec:Exceptions" Be aware of the presence of exceptions. One important thing to realize is that you often do not have to use throw, try or catch to be exception safe. - Let's look at the different types of exceptions safety (these are taken - from Herb Sutter's book + Let's look at the different types of exceptions safety (these are taken from Herb Sutter's book \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "sutter" @@ -5964,27 +6068,31 @@ literal "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Basic guarantee: Even in the presence of exceptions thrown by T or other - exceptions, Stack objects don't leak resources. - Note that this also implies that the container will be destructible and - usable even if an exception is thrown while performing some container operation. - However, if an exception is thrown, the container will be in a consistent, - but not necessarily predictable, state. +Basic guarantee: + Even in the presence of exceptions thrown by T or other exceptions, + Stack objects don't leak resources. + Note that this also implies that the container will be destructible and usable even if an exception is thrown while performing some container operation. + However, + if an exception is thrown, + the container will be in a consistent, + but not necessarily predictable, + state. Containers that support the basic guarantee can work safely in some settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Strong guarantee: If an operation terminates because of an exception, program - state will remain unchanged. - This always implies commit-or-rollback semantics, including that no references - or iterators into the container be invalidated if an operation fails. - For example, if a Stack client calls Top and then attempts a Push that - fails because of an exception, then the state of the Stack object must - be unchanged and the reference returned from the prior call to Top must - still be valid. - For more information on these guarantees, see Dave Abrahams's documentation - of the SGI exception-safe standard library adaption at: +Strong guarantee: + If an operation terminates because of an exception, + program state will remain unchanged. + This always implies commit-or-rollback semantics, + including that no references or iterators into the container be invalidated if an operation fails. + For example, + if a Stack client calls Top and then attempts a Push that fails because of an exception, + then the state of the Stack object must be unchanged and the reference returned from the prior call to Top must still be valid. + For more information on these guarantees, + see Dave Abrahams's documentation of the SGI exception-safe standard library adaption at: + \begin_inset Flex URL status open @@ -5995,23 +6103,26 @@ http://www.stlport.org/doc/exception_safety.html \end_inset - Probably the most interesting point here is that when you implement the - basic guarantee, the strong guarantee often comes for free. - For example, in our Stack implementation, almost everything we did was - needed to satisfy just the basic guarantee – and what's presented above - very nearly satisfies the strong guarantee, with little or no extra work. - Not half bad, considering all the trouble we went to. - In addition to these two guarantees, there is one more guarantee that certain - functions must provide in order to make overall exception safety possible: + Probably the most interesting point here is that when you implement the basic guarantee, + the strong guarantee often comes for free. + For example, + in our Stack implementation, + almost everything we did was needed to satisfy just the basic guarantee – and what's presented above very nearly satisfies the strong guarantee, + with little or no extra work. + Not half bad, + considering all the trouble we went to. + In addition to these two guarantees, + there is one more guarantee that certain functions must provide in order to make overall exception safety possible: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -No throw guarantee: The function will not emit an exception under any circumstan -ces. - Overall exception safety isn't possible unless certain functions are guaranteed - not to throw. - In particular, we've seen that this is true for destructors; later in this - miniseries, we'll see that it's also needed in certain helper functions, +No throw guarantee: + The function will not emit an exception under any circumstances. + Overall exception safety isn't possible unless certain functions are guaranteed not to throw. + In particular, + we've seen that this is true for destructors; + later in this miniseries, + we'll see that it's also needed in certain helper functions, such as \family typewriter Swap() @@ -6020,10 +6131,9 @@ Swap() \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For all cases where we might be able to write exception safe functions without - using try, throw or catch we should do so. - In particular we should look over all destructors to ensure that they are - as exception safe as possible. +For all cases where we might be able to write exception safe functions without using try, + throw or catch we should do so. + In particular we should look over all destructors to ensure that they are as exception safe as possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -6083,7 +6193,9 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -int a, b; // not used in LyX +int a, + b; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6132,7 +6244,9 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -string a = "Lars", b = "Gullik"; // not used in LyX +string a = "Lars", + b = "Gullik"; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6151,9 +6265,7 @@ string a = "Lars" \end_inset - is formally calling a copy constructor on a temporary constructed from - a string literal and therefore has the potential of being more expensive - then direct construction by + is formally calling a copy constructor on a temporary constructed from a string literal and therefore has the potential of being more expensive then direct construction by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -6164,15 +6276,17 @@ string a("Lars") \end_inset . - However the compiler is allowed to elide the copy (even if it had side - effects), and modern compilers typically do so. - Given these equal costs, \SpecialChar LyX - code favours the '=' idiom as it is in line with - the traditional C-style initialization, + However the compiler is allowed to elide the copy (even if it had side effects), + and modern compilers typically do so. + Given these equal costs, + \SpecialChar LyX + code favours the '=' idiom as it is in line with the traditional C-style initialization, + \emph on and \emph default - cannot be mistaken as function declaration, + cannot be mistaken as function declaration, + \emph on and \emph default @@ -6226,12 +6340,14 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -char *p = "flop"; // not used in LyX +char *p = "flop"; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -char &c = *p; // not used in LyX +char &c = *p; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6240,8 +6356,7 @@ char &c = *p; // not used in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Some time ago we had a huge discussion on this subject and after convincing - argumentation from Asger this is what we decided. +Some time ago we had a huge discussion on this subject and after convincing argumentation from Asger this is what we decided. Also note that we will have: \end_layout @@ -6273,7 +6388,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -const char * p; // not used in LyX +const char * p; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6328,8 +6444,8 @@ operator == (type) // not used in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The == is part of the function name, separating it makes the declaration - look like an expression. +The == is part of the function name, + separating it makes the declaration look like an expression. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -6472,7 +6588,10 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -enum { one = 1, two = 2, three 3 }; // not used in LyX +enum { one = 1, + two = 2, + three 3 }; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6562,7 +6681,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -void * p = NULL; // not used in LyX +void * p = NULL; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6584,7 +6704,8 @@ status open void * p = ' \backslash -0'; // not used in LyX +0'; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6604,7 +6725,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -void * p = 42 - 7 * 6; // not used in LyX +void * p = 42 - 7 * 6; + // not used in LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6613,8 +6735,9 @@ void * p = 42 - 7 * 6; // not used in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note: As an exception, imported third party code as well as code interfacing - the +Note: + As an exception, + imported third party code as well as code interfacing the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -6651,11 +6774,13 @@ Use descriptive but simple and short names. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Class names are usually capitalized, and function names lowercased. +Class names are usually capitalized, + and function names lowercased. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Enums are named like Classes, values are usually in lower-case. +Enums are named like Classes, + values are usually in lower-case. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -6699,8 +6824,10 @@ Private/protected functions are also camel-case. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -New types are capitalized, so this goes for typedefs, classes, structs and - enums. +New types are capitalized, + so this goes for typedefs, + classes, + structs and enums. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -6714,11 +6841,10 @@ Formatting \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -Adapt the formatting of your code to the one used in the other parts of - \SpecialChar LyX +Adapt the formatting of your code to the one used in the other parts of \SpecialChar LyX . - In case there is different formatting for the same construct, use the one - used more often. + In case there is different formatting for the same construct, + use the one used more often. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -6817,20 +6943,21 @@ Declarations \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -Use this order for the access sections of your class: public, protected, +Use this order for the access sections of your class: + public, + protected, private. The public section is interesting for every user of the class. - The private section is only of interest for the implementors of the class - (you). - [Obviously not true since this is for developers, and we do not want one - developer only to be able to read and understand the implementation of - class internals. + The private section is only of interest for the implementors of the class (you). + [Obviously not true since this is for developers, + and we do not want one developer only to be able to read and understand the implementation of class internals. Lgb] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Avoid declaring global objects in the declaration file of the class. - If the same variable is used for all objects, use a static member. + If the same variable is used for all objects, + use a static member. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -6848,8 +6975,8 @@ File headers \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -If you create a new file, the top of the file should look something like - this : +If you create a new file, + the top of the file should look something like this : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -6872,7 +6999,8 @@ file NewFile.cpp \begin_layout Plain Layout -* This file is part of LyX, the document processor. +* This file is part of LyX, + the document processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -6932,11 +7060,13 @@ The documentation is generated from the header files. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -You document for the other developers, not for yourself. +You document for the other developers, + not for yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -You should document what the function does, not the implementation. +You should document what the function does, + not the implementation. \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -6960,7 +7090,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -), multiple lines description ( +), + multiple lines description ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -6971,7 +7102,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -), see the doxygen webpage referenced above. +), + see the doxygen webpage referenced above. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -6986,7 +7118,8 @@ Here is the set of rules to apply when a new command name is introduced: \begin_layout Enumerate Use the object.event order. - That is, use `word-forward' instead of `forward-word'. + That is, + use `word-forward' instead of `forward-word'. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -7027,10 +7160,10 @@ How to create class interfaces \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -I recently read an article by Scott Meyers, where he makes a strong case - on how non-member functions makes classes more encapsulated, not less. - Just skipping to the core of this provides us with the following algorithm - for deciding what kind of function to add to a class interface: +I recently read an article by Scott Meyers, + where he makes a strong case on how non-member functions makes classes more encapsulated, + not less. + Just skipping to the core of this provides us with the following algorithm for deciding what kind of function to add to a class interface: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -7138,11 +7271,13 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -, and are presented in their short form. - These are not all the rules Meyers presents, only the most important of - them. +, + and are presented in their short form. + These are not all the rules Meyers presents, + only the most important of them. \SpecialChar LyX - does not yet follow these rules, but they should be the goal. + does not yet follow these rules, + but they should be the goal. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -7160,7 +7295,8 @@ inline \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -use the same form in corresponding calls to new and delete, i.e. +use the same form in corresponding calls to new and delete, + i.e. write \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed @@ -7226,6 +7362,7 @@ char * \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "Use-string-wherever" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7233,13 +7370,13 @@ reference "Use-string-wherever" \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -define a default constructor, copy constructor and an assignment operator - for all classes with dynamically allocated memory that are not made noncopyable +define a default constructor, + copy constructor and an assignment operator for all classes with dynamically allocated memory that are not made noncopyable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -do not define default constructor, copy constructor and an assignment operator - if the compiler generated one would do the same +do not define default constructor, + copy constructor and an assignment operator if the compiler generated one would do the same \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -7255,7 +7392,8 @@ strive for class interfaces that are complete and minimal \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -differentiate among member functions, global functions and friend functions +differentiate among member functions, + global functions and friend functions \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -7275,8 +7413,7 @@ choose carefully between function overloading and parameter defaulting \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -never return a reference to a local object or a dereferenced pointer initialized - by new within the function +never return a reference to a local object or a dereferenced pointer initialized by new within the function \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -7333,7 +7470,8 @@ Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -And one of mine: (Lgb) +And one of mine: + (Lgb) \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -7342,12 +7480,14 @@ And one of mine: (Lgb) \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -when switching on enums, refrain from using "default:" if possible +when switching on enums, + refrain from using "default:" if possible \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -And one of mine: (Andre') +And one of mine: + (Andre') \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -7356,13 +7496,11 @@ And one of mine: (Andre') \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -try to implement your class in a way that the automatically generated copy - constructor and copy assignment work out-of-the box +try to implement your class in a way that the automatically generated copy constructor and copy assignment work out-of-the box \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -I don't have problems with using boost in the implementation _if and only - if_ it provides actual benefits over less intrusive alternatives. +I don't have problems with using boost in the implementation _if and only if_ it provides actual benefits over less intrusive alternatives. I do have a problem with needlessly sprinkling 'boost::' over interfaces, especially if it does not add any value. \begin_inset Separator latexpar @@ -7373,18 +7511,16 @@ I don't have problems with using boost in the implementation _if and only \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -Given that there seems to be an unconditional "typedef unsigned int quint32;" - in qglobal.h I don't think there's any platform supported by current \SpecialChar LyX - that - could not use 'unsigned int' (and an static assert in some implementation - file for the unlikely case some ILP64 zombie raises its ugly head again. - And if that happens, using would still be a better choice...) +Given that there seems to be an unconditional "typedef unsigned int quint32;" in qglobal.h I don't think there's any platform supported by current \SpecialChar LyX + that could not use 'unsigned int' (and an static assert in some implementation file for the unlikely case some ILP64 zombie raises its ugly head again. + And if that happens, + using would still be a better choice...) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The idea is to create something that's not compilable as soon as the condition - is violated. - There are lots of possibilities to achieve this, some examples follow: +The idea is to create something that's not compilable as soon as the condition is violated. + There are lots of possibilities to achieve this, + some examples follow: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7399,7 +7535,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -static_assert(sizeof(int) == 4, "Funny platform") +static_assert(sizeof(int) == 4, + "Funny platform") \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7408,7 +7545,8 @@ static_assert(sizeof(int) == 4, "Funny platform") \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -until then on namespace scope: +until then on namespace scope: + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7459,7 +7597,8 @@ template <> \begin_layout Plain Layout -struct static_assert_helper {}; +struct static_assert_helper {}; + \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -7483,7 +7622,8 @@ enum { \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -or somewhat brutish without templates, in any function: +or somewhat brutish without templates, + in any function: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7504,17 +7644,20 @@ switch (0) { \begin_layout Plain Layout -case 0: +case 0: + \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -case !(d*d): +case !(d*d): + \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout - break; + break; + \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -7539,14 +7682,15 @@ sizeof(int) \end_inset is not equal 4. - Personally I prefer something like the third version (or the first, if - using C++11 is allowed). + Personally I prefer something like the third version (or the first, + if using C++11 is allowed). \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -And one of mine: (vfr) +And one of mine: + (vfr) \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -7579,8 +7723,7 @@ A dynamic_cast is necessary when: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -the object to be casted is from an external library because we can't add - Qxxx::asXxxx() to Qt e.g.: +the object to be casted is from an external library because we can't add Qxxx::asXxxx() to Qt e.g.: \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -7629,7 +7772,8 @@ A dynamic_cast can be replaced by: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -already existing as***Inset() functions, e.g.: +already existing as***Inset() functions, + e.g.: \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -7651,7 +7795,8 @@ asInsetText(); \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -A static_cast when we are sure this can't go wrong, e.g.: +A static_cast when we are sure this can't go wrong, + e.g.: \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset @@ -7678,9 +7823,12 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Meyers, Scott. - Effective C++: 50 Specific Ways to Improve Your Programs and Design. - Addison-Wesley, 1992. +Meyers, + Scott. + Effective C++: + 50 Specific Ways to Improve Your Programs and Design. + Addison-Wesley, + 1992. \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -7691,8 +7839,12 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Sutter, Herb. - Exceptional C++: 47 engineering puzzles, programming problems, and solutions. +Sutter, + Herb. + Exceptional C++: + 47 engineering puzzles, + programming problems, + and solutions. ISBN 0-201-61562-2. \end_layout @@ -7704,8 +7856,10 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Meyers, Scott. - C/C++ User's Journal (Vol.18, No.2). +Meyers, + Scott. + C/C++ User's Journal (Vol.18, + No.2). \end_layout \end_body diff --git a/lib/doc/DummyDocument1.lyx b/lib/doc/DummyDocument1.lyx index 3e2f73f426..38c73ad19c 100644 --- a/lib/doc/DummyDocument1.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/DummyDocument1.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -76,12 +76,16 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -97,8 +101,7 @@ External Subsection 1 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This is a small dummy child document to show how files can be inserted into - another document. +This is a small dummy child document to show how files can be inserted into another document. \end_layout \end_body diff --git a/lib/doc/DummyDocument2.lyx b/lib/doc/DummyDocument2.lyx index 46511f07f1..fe4a6c3860 100644 --- a/lib/doc/DummyDocument2.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/DummyDocument2.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -76,12 +76,16 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -91,8 +95,7 @@ External Subsection 2 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This is another small dummy child document to show how files can be inserted - into a document. +This is another small dummy child document to show how files can be inserted into a document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard diff --git a/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx b/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx index 16188cf063..f98d7eece5 100644 --- a/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 610 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -261,7 +261,11 @@ varwidth \begin_layout Title \SpecialChar LyX -'s detailed Figure, Table, Floats, Notes, Boxes and External Material manual +'s detailed Figure, + Table, + Floats, + Notes, + Boxes and External Material manual \end_layout \begin_layout Author @@ -272,9 +276,10 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent -If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX - Documentatio -n mailing list: +If you have comments or error corrections, + please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX + Documentation mailing list: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" @@ -294,7 +299,8 @@ literal "false" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -author: Uwe Stöhr +author: + Uwe Stöhr \end_layout \end_inset @@ -326,26 +332,32 @@ LatexCommand tableofcontents status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -To export all parts of this document to PDF, PS, or DVI the \SpecialChar LaTeX +To export all parts of this document to PDF, + PS, + or DVI the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages \series bold arydshln \series default -, +, + \series bold colortbl \series default -, +, + \series bold -diagbox, lettrine, marginnote, picinpar +diagbox, + lettrine, + marginnote, + picinpar \series default and \series bold sidecap \series default must be installed. - If they are not installed you can export the document anyway but the sections - where the packages are required won't appear in the output. + If they are not installed you can export the document anyway but the sections where the packages are required won't appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -435,8 +447,8 @@ name "sec:Graphics-Dialog" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert an image into your document, place the cursor at the text position - you want and click on the toolbar icon +To insert an image into your document, + place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" @@ -449,8 +461,7 @@ Graphics \family default . Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. - The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is - in the text. + The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is in the text. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -472,6 +483,7 @@ Graphics \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -501,8 +513,7 @@ rotated \end_inset -You can rotate images counter-clockwise by setting a rotation angle and - a rotation origin. +You can rotate images counter-clockwise by setting a rotation angle and a rotation origin. The image will also be rotated inside \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Newline newline @@ -530,24 +541,23 @@ scaled \end_inset -Images can be scaled by using a percentage value or by setting the width - and height explicitly. - If you set only the width or only the height, the other size will be determined - automatically. - If you set both, then the image will be transformed to the given size, +Images can be scaled by using a percentage value or by setting the width and height explicitly. + If you set only the width or only the height, + the other size will be determined automatically. + If you set both, + then the image will be transformed to the given size, possibly distorting it. - To prevent the image from distortion, use the option + To prevent the image from distortion, + use the option \family sans Maintain aspect ratio \family default . - The image will then be scaled so that its width and height don't exceed - the specified dimensions. + The image will then be scaled so that its width and height don't exceed the specified dimensions. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Images can be opened in a program of your choice by right-clicking on it - and choosing the entry +Images can be opened in a program of your choice by right-clicking on it and choosing the entry \family sans Edit \begin_inset space ~ @@ -556,8 +566,7 @@ Edit externally \family default in the context menu. - The program can be set for every image format in the file format settings - in \SpecialChar LyX + The program can be set for every image format in the file format settings in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences. \end_layout @@ -574,10 +583,8 @@ and Clipping \family default - Alternatively to the usage of scaling units it is possible to set image - coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output. - The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button - + Alternatively to the usage of scaling units it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output. + The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button \family sans Get \begin_inset space ~ @@ -607,8 +614,7 @@ bounding box \family default will only print the image region within the given coordinates. - Normally you don't need to worry about image coordinates and can ignore - this tab. + Normally you don't need to worry about image coordinates and can ignore this tab. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -630,8 +636,7 @@ options \family default In this tab you can modify the appearance of the image within \SpecialChar LyX and \SpecialChar LaTeX - experts - can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX + experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX options. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -644,8 +649,7 @@ Draft mode \family default - makes the image appear in the output only as a frame with the size of the - image. + makes the image appear in the output only as a frame with the size of the image. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -679,13 +683,10 @@ Settings grouping \end_inset - Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image - of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in - the same way. - So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the - need to manually change each of them. - Joining an existing group can also be done using the context menu of the - image by checking the name of the desired group. + Images within such a group share their settings, + so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way. + So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them. + Joining an existing group can also be done using the context menu of the image by checking the name of the desired group. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -709,6 +710,7 @@ Image formats are explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Image-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -717,7 +719,8 @@ reference "sec:Image-Formats" \end_inset - within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: + within a separate, + horizontally centered paragraph: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -812,7 +815,8 @@ Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For general explanations about floats, have a look at section +For general explanations about floats, + have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -820,6 +824,7 @@ For general explanations about floats, have a look at section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:FloatIntroduction" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -852,7 +857,8 @@ Figure \end_inset (# is the actual number). - You can insert the image above the caption, like in Figure + You can insert the image above the caption, + like in Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -860,10 +866,12 @@ Figure \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-star-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset - or below the caption, like in Figure + or below the caption, + like in Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -871,6 +879,7 @@ reference "fig:A-star-in" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-3D-object" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -883,6 +892,7 @@ reference "fig:A-3D-object" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Caption-Placement" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1009,6 +1019,7 @@ Figure \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-star-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1016,6 +1027,7 @@ reference "fig:A-star-in" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-3D-object" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1049,8 +1061,8 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset . - It is important to use references to floats, rather than using vague references - like + It is important to use references to floats, + rather than using vague references like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1058,9 +1070,9 @@ the figure above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, because \SpecialChar LaTeX - will reposition the floats in the final document and it might - not be +, + because \SpecialChar LaTeX + will reposition the floats in the final document and it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1080,6 +1092,7 @@ Referencing is explained in detail in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1087,8 +1100,8 @@ reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you - might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. +Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, + but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures. Figure @@ -1099,6 +1112,7 @@ Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1112,6 +1126,7 @@ reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Pink-object" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1119,6 +1134,7 @@ reference "fig:Pink-object" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-star" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1322,10 +1338,12 @@ You can insert images in any known file format. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Output-File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, each output document format allows only a few image formats. +, + each output document format allows only a few image formats. \SpecialChar LyX uses therefore the program \family typewriter @@ -1333,8 +1351,7 @@ ImageMagick \family default in the background to convert the images to the right format. To increase your work flow by avoiding these conversions in the background, - you could choose to use only the image formats that can directly be embedded - in the output file format. + you could choose to use only the image formats that can directly be embedded in the output file format. The output file formats are explained in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1343,6 +1360,7 @@ ImageMagick \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Output-File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1358,7 +1376,8 @@ Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. +images consist of pixel values, + often in a compressed form. They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. Well-known bitmap image formats are \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -1368,7 +1387,8 @@ Graphics Interchange Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (GIF, file extension + (GIF, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1402,7 +1422,8 @@ Image formats \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1410,7 +1431,8 @@ Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PNG, file extension + (PNG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1444,7 +1466,8 @@ Image formats \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1452,7 +1475,8 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (JPG, file extension + (JPG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1506,10 +1530,9 @@ Vector \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without - data loss. - The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because - presentations are always scaled by the video projector. +images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss. + The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, + because presentations are always scaled by the video projector. Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -1522,7 +1545,8 @@ Scalable Vector Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (SVG, file extension + (SVG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1556,7 +1580,8 @@ Image formats \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1564,7 +1589,8 @@ Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (EPS, file extension + (EPS, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1598,7 +1624,8 @@ Image formats \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1606,7 +1633,8 @@ Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PDF, file extension + (PDF, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1630,7 +1658,8 @@ PDF \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1638,7 +1667,8 @@ Windows Metafile \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (WMF, file extension + (WMF, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1681,15 +1711,15 @@ can be \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, because you can convert any bitmap image to a PDF or EPS-image and the - result will still be a bitmap image. - In such cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original - image +, + because you can convert any bitmap image to a PDF or EPS-image and the result will still be a bitmap image. + In such cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original image \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. +In the case of PDF, + the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -1705,10 +1735,9 @@ Adobe Photoshop \begin_layout Standard Normally it is not possible to convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice versa. - Only the image formats PDF and EPS can directly be embedded to PDF and - PostScript output files, respectively. - SVG and WMF-images are recalculated to bitmaps when the output file is - generated because there is currently no adequate WMF/SVG + Only the image formats PDF and EPS can directly be embedded to PDF and PostScript output files, + respectively. + SVG and WMF-images are recalculated to bitmaps when the output file is generated because there is currently no adequate WMF/SVG \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset @@ -1770,13 +1799,14 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \family default . - The toolbar button offers you a graphical selection: move the mouse to - set the column/row number of the table that should be created and then - press a mouse button. - When you use the menu to create a table, a dialog will appear, asking you - for the number of rows and columns + The toolbar button offers you a graphical selection: + move the mouse to set the column/row number of the table that should be created and then press a mouse button. + When you use the menu to create a table, + a dialog will appear, + asking you for the number of rows and columns \change_inserted -712698321 1554289643 -, and you can select a specific (border) style +, + and you can select a specific (border) style \change_unchanged . \change_deleted -712698321 1554289644 @@ -1790,11 +1820,9 @@ Table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated - from the rest of the table. - This separation occurs due to a double line: The cells of the first row - have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above - them. +The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table. + This separation occurs due to a double line: + The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them. Here is an example table: \end_layout @@ -2033,8 +2061,8 @@ simple grid \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - which looks line the above table, but without the first row being separated - via double line, + which looks line the above table, + but without the first row being separated via double line, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -2054,20 +2082,19 @@ formal table \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and - bold top/bottom lines (see + as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and bold top/bottom lines (see \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default - manual, section + manual, + section \emph on Formal Tables \emph default ). \change_inserted 630872221 1622640694 - It is also possible to have an horizontal (thin) Footline above the last - line. + It is also possible to have an horizontal (thin) Footline above the last line. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -2075,16 +2102,15 @@ Formal Tables \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1554289664 -The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar - button can be changed in +The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar button can be changed in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text Layout \family default . - So if the default style above is not the one you need, you should alter - this setting. + So if the default style above is not the one you need, + you should alter this setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -2114,14 +2140,13 @@ Dialog \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which - brings up the context menu. +You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, + which brings up the context menu. Under the menu entry \family sans More \family default - you can adjust the settings of that cell and row/column respectively where - the cursor is currently placed. + you can adjust the settings of that cell and row/column respectively where the cursor is currently placed. The context menu \family sans More\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -2129,13 +2154,15 @@ Settings \family default opens the table dialog where you can adjust more things. Most of the dialog options also work on selections. - This means if you select more cells, columns or rows, the action is done - for the whole selection. + This means if you select more cells, + columns or rows, + the action is done for the whole selection. Note that there is a difference between selecting the \emph on contents \emph default - of the cell, and the cell itself. + of the cell, + and the cell itself. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2148,8 +2175,7 @@ Immediate Apply \family default every change you make in the dialog is directly applied. - If you move the cursor to another table cell the dialog will then also - be updated with the parameters of the new cell. + If you move the cursor to another table cell the dialog will then also be updated with the parameters of the new cell. If you change length values in the dialog you must press \family sans Return @@ -2188,7 +2214,8 @@ Width \end_inset -, and the horizontal alignment and the width of the current column. +, + and the horizontal alignment and the width of the current column. The alignment \family sans At @@ -2209,14 +2236,14 @@ Separator \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Special-Cell-Alignment" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - When you have set a width you can also adjust the vertical alignment of - the current row. - A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs - of text, see sec. + When you have set a width you can also adjust the vertical alignment of the current row. + A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text, + see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -2224,17 +2251,19 @@ reference "subsec:Special-Cell-Alignment" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - If you set no width, the column is as wide as the content of its widest - cell. + If you set no width, + the column is as wide as the content of its widest cell. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Furthermore, you can mark one or multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn - cell, see sec. +Furthermore, + you can mark one or multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell, + see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -2242,10 +2271,12 @@ Furthermore, you can mark one or multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multicolumns" +nolink "false" \end_inset - or the cells of one column as multirow cell, see sec. + or the cells of one column as multirow cell, + see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -2253,6 +2284,7 @@ reference "subsec:Multicolumns" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multirows" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2260,14 +2292,16 @@ reference "subsec:Multirows" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -The rotate check boxes rotate the current cell, a selection, or the whole - table counter-clockwise by 90 +The rotate check boxes rotate the current cell, + a selection, + or the whole table counter-clockwise by 90 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset °. The rotation is not shown within \SpecialChar LyX -, only in the output. +, + only in the output. For more information see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -2276,6 +2310,7 @@ The rotate check boxes rotate the current cell, a selection, or the whole \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Rotated-Table-Cells" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2291,6 +2326,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotations. \end_layout @@ -2305,7 +2341,8 @@ The table-wide vertical alignment is used for tables within text lines: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -A line with tables with different alignments: +A line with tables with different alignments: + \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2514,8 +2551,8 @@ A \end_inset It is also possible to enter a \SpecialChar LaTeX --argument which is needed for special table - formattings, see sec. +-argument which is needed for special table formattings, + see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -2523,6 +2560,7 @@ It is also possible to enter a \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2530,6 +2568,7 @@ reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2537,8 +2576,7 @@ reference "sec:Colored-Tables" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Borders In this tab you can add and delete border lines for the current - row/column. +Borders In this tab you can add and delete border lines for the current row/column. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2554,6 +2592,7 @@ Formal \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formal-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2569,6 +2608,7 @@ You can also add space here to table rows as described in sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Row-Spacing" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2580,8 +2620,7 @@ Multi-page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -table This tab is to make a table a multi-page table that can run over several - pages. +table This tab is to make a table a multi-page table that can run over several pages. Sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2590,6 +2629,7 @@ table This tab is to make a table a multi-page table that can run over several \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Multi-page-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2597,6 +2637,7 @@ reference "sec:Multi-page-Tables" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Special-Longtable-Issues" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2630,13 +2671,11 @@ Toolbar \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The table toolbar is an alternative to the table dialog to be able to alter - tables faster. +The table toolbar is an alternative to the table dialog to be able to alter tables faster. It should normally appear at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX -'s main window when the cursor - is inside a table. - You can alternatively switch it on to appear always, by right-clicking - in \SpecialChar LyX +'s main window when the cursor is inside a table. + You can alternatively switch it on to appear always, + by right-clicking in \SpecialChar LyX 's main menu bar. \end_layout @@ -2893,8 +2932,7 @@ type "icon" arg "tabular-feature toggle-all-lines" \end_inset - adds lines around the current or selected cells - if the current cell is - not a multicolumn cell this also affects the current row and column + adds lines around the current or selected cells - if the current cell is not a multicolumn cell this also affects the current row and column \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -2904,8 +2942,7 @@ type "icon" arg "tabular-feature unset-all-lines" \end_inset - deletes all lines of the current or selected cells - if the current cell - is not a multicolumn cell this also affects the current row and column + deletes all lines of the current or selected cells - if the current cell is not a multicolumn cell this also affects the current row and column \change_inserted -712698321 1554289920 \end_layout @@ -2919,8 +2956,8 @@ type "icon" arg "tabular-feature reset-formal-default" \end_inset - If using a formal table, this resets the border to its default (only horizontal - lines in top and bottom rows) + If using a formal table, + this resets the border to its default (only horizontal lines in top and bottom rows) \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -3043,9 +3080,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - For the output the vertical alignment of the first cell in a row is used - for all following cells in the row. + For the output the vertical alignment of the first cell in a row is used for all following cells in the row. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -3080,13 +3117,13 @@ Edit Menu \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In addition to the table dialog and toolbar, the menu +In addition to the table dialog and toolbar, + the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \family default - allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column and - to set the current selection as multicolumn. + allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column and to set the current selection as multicolumn. The menu is only available when the cursor is inside a table. \end_layout @@ -3146,7 +3183,8 @@ Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For general explanations about floats, have a look at section +For general explanations about floats, + have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3154,6 +3192,7 @@ For general explanations about floats, have a look at section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:FloatIntroduction" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3403,8 +3442,7 @@ arg "float-insert table" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The float appears as a collapsible box with a caption that has the label - +The float appears as a collapsible box with a caption that has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3429,6 +3467,7 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:a table float" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3436,28 +3475,32 @@ reference "tab:a table float" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Having the caption above the table is the common rule that is unfortunately - not supported in \SpecialChar LaTeX +Having the caption above the table is the common rule that is unfortunately not supported in \SpecialChar LaTeX 's standard classes. - This means that, if you are using the document classes + This means that, + if you are using the document classes \family sans article \family default -, +, + \family sans book \family default -, +, + \family sans letter \family default -, or +, + or \family sans report \family default -, there will be no space between the caption and the table. - To insert the needed space, add the following option to the load command - of the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + there will be no space between the caption and the table. + To insert the needed space, + add the following option to the load command of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold caption @@ -3498,6 +3541,7 @@ For more information have a look at section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Caption-Placement" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3520,7 +3564,8 @@ The package \series bold caption \series default -, which is described in section +, + which is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3528,10 +3573,12 @@ caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Caption-Formatting" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, is used to adjust the caption format. +, + is used to adjust the caption format. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -3596,6 +3643,7 @@ Referencing is explained in detail in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -3652,7 +3700,8 @@ Multi-page Table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option +If the table is too long to fit on one page, + you can use the option \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ @@ -3673,8 +3722,10 @@ table \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Header: The current row is defined to be a header row that appears on all - pages of the multi-page table; except for the first page, if +Header: + The current row is defined to be a header row that appears on all pages of the multi-page table; + except for the first page, + if \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ @@ -3691,13 +3742,15 @@ First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -header: The current row is defined to be a header row that appears on the - first page of the multi-page table. +header: + The current row is defined to be a header row that appears on the first page of the multi-page table. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Footer: The current row is defined to be a footer row that appears on all - pages of the multi-page table; except for the last page, if +Footer: + The current row is defined to be a footer row that appears on all pages of the multi-page table; + except for the last page, + if \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ @@ -3713,12 +3766,13 @@ Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -footer: The current row is defined to be a footer row that appears on the - last page of the multi-page table. +footer: + The current row is defined to be a footer row that appears on the last page of the multi-page table. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Caption: The current row contains the table caption. +Caption: + The current row contains the table caption. The row is reset as single column and a caption is inserted. More about multi-page table captions is explained in sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} @@ -3728,6 +3782,7 @@ Caption: The current row contains the table caption. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multi-page-Table-Captions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -4580,7 +4635,8 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 +111, + 222 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5570,7 +5626,8 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555, 222 +555, + 222 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5914,6 +5971,7 @@ See the first greyed-out note in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multi-page-Table-Captions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5970,8 +6028,7 @@ Footnotes \begin_layout Standard Footnotes can be inserted to every Multi-page table cell. - They appear at the bottom of the page where the table cell with the footnote - appears. + They appear at the bottom of the page where the table cell with the footnote appears. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5980,6 +6037,7 @@ Footnotes can be inserted to every Multi-page table cell. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:DiffCaptions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6023,11 +6081,9 @@ Alignment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The horizontal alignment of multi-page tables can be set in the table settings - dialog. +The horizontal alignment of multi-page tables can be set in the table settings dialog. For left- and right-alignment the table will be directly at the page border. - To add space between the table and the border one has to set the alignment - to center and change the value of the \SpecialChar LaTeX + To add space between the table and the border one has to set the alignment to center and change the value of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -lengths \series bold @@ -6063,6 +6119,7 @@ The value can have any of the units listed in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6073,8 +6130,8 @@ reference "tab:Units" \backslash LTleft \series default - controls the horizontal distance from the left page border to the multi-page - table, + controls the horizontal distance from the left page border to the multi-page table, + \series bold \backslash @@ -6087,7 +6144,8 @@ LTright \backslash fill \series default -, which is in this case the same as an horizontal fill in \SpecialChar LyX +, + which is in this case the same as an horizontal fill in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -6415,6 +6473,7 @@ See the first greyed-out note in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multi-page-Table-Captions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6470,10 +6529,8 @@ name "subsec:Multi-page-Table-Captions" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A multi-page table cannot be put into a table float because floats can only - be on one page. - But the caption environment of floats can also be used for multi-page tables - when you use the multi-page table option +A multi-page table cannot be put into a table float because floats can only be on one page. + But the caption environment of floats can also be used for multi-page tables when you use the multi-page table option \family sans Caption \family default @@ -6485,12 +6542,13 @@ Caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Multi-page-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - Only one table row should contain a caption, either a header or a footer - row. + Only one table row should contain a caption, + either a header or a footer row. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -6829,9 +6887,10 @@ Note \end_inset 1: + \series default - The table number is increased for every multi-page table, even if you did - not set a caption for it. + The table number is increased for every multi-page table, + even if you did not set a caption for it. For this reason you could have the case that e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -6850,8 +6909,7 @@ Table 2.1 in the list of tables if there are two multi-page tables without captions. To avoid this you can add the following command in \SpecialChar TeX - Code after every multi-page - table without a caption: + Code after every multi-page table without a caption: \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -6863,8 +6921,7 @@ addtocounter{table}{-1} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is not needed when none of your multi-page tables has a caption and - you add the following code to the document preamble: +This is not needed when none of your multi-page tables has a caption and you add the following code to the document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -6908,6 +6965,7 @@ Note \end_inset 2: + \series default If you are using \series bold @@ -6944,8 +7002,8 @@ PDF Properties \family sans Document Settings \family default - dialog to link cross-references, the link to a multi-page table caption - will always point to the beginning of the document. + dialog to link cross-references, + the link to a multi-page table caption will always point to the beginning of the document. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7303,7 +7361,8 @@ asd \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To reference a multi-page table, insert a label into the caption. +To reference a multi-page table, + insert a label into the caption. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7315,6 +7374,7 @@ This is a reference to Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Referenced-multi-page-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7322,8 +7382,7 @@ reference "tab:Referenced-multi-page-table" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The caption layout can be set together with all other captions of your document - using the \SpecialChar LaTeX +The caption layout can be set together with all other captions of your document using the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold caption @@ -7351,7 +7410,8 @@ caption \end_inset -, see section +, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7359,6 +7419,7 @@ caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Caption-Formatting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7414,8 +7475,7 @@ LTcapwidth \end_inset in. - To change it add the following command to your document preamble or as - \SpecialChar TeX + To change it add the following command to your document preamble or as \SpecialChar TeX Code into your document before the multi-page table that should be affected \end_layout @@ -7442,6 +7502,7 @@ width \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7469,8 +7530,7 @@ The following tables show the difference: \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout -Long full title with default width long full title with default width long - full title with default width +Long full title with default width long full title with default width long full title with default width \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed @@ -8150,6 +8210,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default When the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package @@ -8179,8 +8240,9 @@ caption \end_inset - is used, as in this document, the full page width is used for the caption - when you use the default value of 4 + is used, + as in this document, + the full page width is used for the caption when you use the default value of 4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -8195,11 +8257,13 @@ LTcapwidth \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -in wide caption, you can either use a value slightly different from 4.0 +in wide caption, + you can either use a value slightly different from 4.0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -in, e. +in, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -8211,7 +8275,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -in, or the \SpecialChar LaTeX +in, + or the \SpecialChar LaTeX -command \series bold @@ -8267,8 +8332,8 @@ Different Captions for Pages \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When the table captions for the following pages should differ from the one - of the first table page, mark a empty row as header which contains a caption. +When the table captions for the following pages should differ from the one of the first table page, + mark a empty row as header which contains a caption. Then right-click on the caption and select in the context menu \family sans Caption @@ -8286,11 +8351,11 @@ Caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:DiffCaptions" +nolink "false" \end_inset - is an example of a multi-page table with different heading where the second - caption does not include the table number. + is an example of a multi-page table with different heading where the second caption does not include the table number. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -9237,7 +9302,8 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 +111, + 222 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10227,8 +10293,7 @@ Calculation \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX - calculates the height of table pages and their page breaks using so called - chunks. + calculates the height of table pages and their page breaks using so called chunks. Chunks are parts of tables that held at the same time in \SpecialChar LaTeX 's memory. The default value was historically set to only 20 @@ -10236,8 +10301,7 @@ Calculation \end_inset table rows. - If you are using multi-page tables with many pages this may slow down the - creation of your document. + If you are using multi-page tables with many pages this may slow down the creation of your document. You can safely increase the chunk size to values of 100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -10294,9 +10358,9 @@ Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There might be problems when a float appears on the same page where a multi-page - table starts. - To avoid such a situation, insert a +There might be problems when a float appears on the same page where a multi-page table starts. + To avoid such a situation, + insert a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -10355,8 +10419,8 @@ Forced Page Breaks \begin_layout Standard By default tables are only broken between rows. - If you have a cell with multiples lines and want to have a page break within - the cell, insert the new line command + If you have a cell with multiples lines and want to have a page break within the cell, + insert the new line command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -10406,8 +10470,7 @@ By default tables are only broken between rows. \series bold & \series default - the content of the corresponding following cell and delete the content - of these cells. + the content of the corresponding following cell and delete the content of these cells. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -10419,7 +10482,8 @@ After the \backslash \series default - command, insert as many + command, + insert as many \series bold & \series default @@ -10432,14 +10496,13 @@ After the \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:ForcedPagebreak" +nolink "false" \end_inset - the cell that should be broken is in the second column followed by another - column. + the cell that should be broken is in the second column followed by another column. Therefore the following command was inserted in the cell as \SpecialChar TeX - Code after - + Code after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -10488,8 +10551,7 @@ newpage \series default is only needed when a page break should definitely occur at this position, otherwise it would be a conditional break. - If your footer row of the multi-page table has for a certain reason no - upper line but you would have a horizontal line where the cell is broken, + If your footer row of the multi-page table has for a certain reason no upper line but you would have a horizontal line where the cell is broken, use this command instead: \end_layout @@ -10510,7 +10572,8 @@ hline & \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When the cell to be broken is in the last column, the command +When the cell to be broken is in the last column, + the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -10526,8 +10589,7 @@ parfillskip}{0pt} \begin_layout Standard must be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX Code at the beginning of the cell. - This ensures that the part of the cell that will be displayed on the new - page appears with the full width. + This ensures that the part of the cell that will be displayed on the new page appears with the full width. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -11431,7 +11493,8 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 +111, + 222 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -11484,12 +11547,18 @@ Rizzardi \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo, 11. - Fürst von Montecompatri, 11. - Fürst von Sulmona und Vivaro, 10. - Fürst von Rossano, 5. - Herzog von Canemorte, 11. - Herzog von Palombara, 5. +Paolo, + 11. + Fürst von Montecompatri, + 11. + Fürst von Sulmona und Vivaro, + 10. + Fürst von Rossano, + 5. + Herzog von Canemorte, + 11. + Herzog von Palombara, + 5. Herzog von Castelchiodato, \begin_inset ERT status open @@ -11513,11 +11582,22 @@ newpage \end_inset 11. - Herzog von Poggionativo, 11. - Markis von Mentana, Norma, Civitella, Pratica, Moricone und Percille, 11. - Graf von Valinfreda, 11. - Baron von Cropalati, 11. - Herr von Scarpa, Edelmann von Rom, Patrizier von Venedig, Neapel und Genua + Herzog von Poggionativo, + 11. + Markis von Mentana, + Norma, + Civitella, + Pratica, + Moricone und Percille, + 11. + Graf von Valinfreda, + 11. + Baron von Cropalati, + 11. + Herr von Scarpa, + Edelmann von Rom, + Patrizier von Venedig, + Neapel und Genua \end_layout \end_inset @@ -11788,7 +11868,8 @@ Franz \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Multiple Lines, Columns and Rows +Multiple Lines, + Columns and Rows \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -11975,8 +12056,7 @@ i \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Setting a fixed width for a column enables you to enter text as a paragraph - with multiple lines and hyphenation. +Setting a fixed width for a column enables you to enter text as a paragraph with multiple lines and hyphenation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -11988,10 +12068,13 @@ To produce Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-multiple" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, create a 3×3 table, mark the first cell and right-click on it. +, + create a 3×3 table, + mark the first cell and right-click on it. In the appearing table dialog we set a cell width of 2.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -12002,30 +12085,32 @@ cm and choose centered for the vertical and horizontal alignment. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -cm, only one line will appear. - To get two lines, a justified line break (shortcut +cm, + only one line will appear. + To get two lines, + a justified line break (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert linebreak" \end_inset ) was added. - If the text is wider than the set cell width, it will automatically be - broken to several lines. + If the text is wider than the set cell width, + it will automatically be broken to several lines. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you have a long word in a cell with a fixed width, it cannot be hyphenated - by \SpecialChar LaTeX +If you have a long word in a cell with a fixed width, + it cannot be hyphenated by \SpecialChar LaTeX if it is the first entry. - Therefore you need to insert something to prevent the word not being the - first entry. + Therefore you need to insert something to prevent the word not being the first entry. So add a horizontal space of 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt before the word. - As the space is zero, it doesn't change the output. + As the space is zero, + it doesn't change the output. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12034,6 +12119,7 @@ pt before the word. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-and" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12336,20 +12422,22 @@ Multicolumn Basics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To merge cells over multiple columns, select as many cells within a row - as you want to merge and use either the table-toolbar button +To merge cells over multiple columns, + select as many cells within a row as you want to merge and use either the table-toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-feature multicolumn" \end_inset -, or the menu +, + or the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Table\SpecialChar menuseparator Multicolumn \family default -, or right click on the marked cells and choose +, + or right click on the marked cells and choose \family sans Multicolumn \family default @@ -12358,10 +12446,10 @@ Multicolumn \begin_layout Standard Multicolumns have their own cell settings. - That means changing cell borders, cell alignment, and the width only affects - the multicolumn. - Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one - in the last row without the upper border: + That means changing cell borders, + cell alignment, + and the width only affects the multicolumn. + Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -12538,8 +12626,8 @@ Calculations \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - supports multicolumns directly, but we have to take account of the cell - width of the columns spanned by the multicolumn cell. + supports multicolumns directly, + but we have to take account of the cell width of the columns spanned by the multicolumn cell. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -12560,8 +12648,7 @@ name "tab:Table-with-centered" \end_inset -Table with centered multicolumn text above two columns that have exactly - half the width of the multicolumn cell +Table with centered multicolumn text above two columns that have exactly half the width of the multicolumn cell \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed @@ -12695,16 +12782,18 @@ To create for example Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-centered" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, mark the first two cells in the first row of a 3×3 table and right-click - on them. +, + mark the first two cells in the first row of a 3×3 table and right-click on them. Now choose for this cell \emph on multicolumn \emph default -, +, + \emph on centered alignment \emph default @@ -12713,8 +12802,8 @@ centered alignment \end_inset cm in the table dialog. - The merged columns should have exactly half the width of the multicolumn - cell, so that you would set a width of 1.25 + The merged columns should have exactly half the width of the multicolumn cell, + so that you would set a width of 1.25 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -12732,6 +12821,7 @@ cm (multicolumn width - width of first column). \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-without-half" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12756,8 +12846,7 @@ name "tab:Table-without-half" \end_inset -Table where the spanned table columns are not exactly half the width of - the multicolumn cell +Table where the spanned table columns are not exactly half the width of the multicolumn cell \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed @@ -12883,8 +12972,8 @@ i \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can see that the first column is not half the width of the multicolumn - cell, it is a bit bigger. +You can see that the first column is not half the width of the multicolumn cell, + it is a bit bigger. The reason is that the specified width of a cell \begin_inset Formula $W_{g}$ \end_inset @@ -12902,6 +12991,7 @@ You can see that the first column is not half the width of the multicolumn \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Explanation-of-Equation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12917,8 +13007,8 @@ The width \emph on n \emph default - columns are spanned can be calculated, so that each column has a total - width of + columns are spanned can be calculated, + so that each column has a total width of \begin_inset Formula $W_{\mathrm{tot\,multicolumn}}/n$ \end_inset @@ -12938,14 +13028,17 @@ In our case we have \begin_inset Formula $n=2$ \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Formula $W_{g\,\mathrm{multicolumn}}=2.5\,$ \end_inset -cm and the default values for the lengths, so that equation +cm and the default values for the lengths, + so that equation \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:Wgn" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12962,7 +13055,8 @@ W_{g\,2}=1.25\,\mathrm{cm}-6.2\,\mathrm{pt} \begin_layout Standard To enable calculations in \SpecialChar LaTeX -, the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold calc @@ -13009,8 +13103,7 @@ Width \family default field of the table dialog. Therefore you have to format the column by inserting a \SpecialChar LaTeX --argument in the - dialog. +-argument in the dialog. Here is an overview about the arguments: \end_layout @@ -13019,7 +13112,8 @@ Width \series bold p{width} \series default - creates cell with a fixed width, its text is vertically top-aligned + creates cell with a fixed width, + its text is vertically top-aligned \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -13027,7 +13121,8 @@ p{width} \series bold m{width} \series default - creates cell with a fixed width, its text is vertically centered + creates cell with a fixed width, + its text is vertically centered \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -13035,13 +13130,14 @@ m{width} \series bold b{width} \series default - creates cell with a fixed width, its text is vertically bottom-aligned + creates cell with a fixed width, + its text is vertically bottom-aligned \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By entering a \SpecialChar LaTeX --argument, all cell settings set in the table dialog are overwritt -en. +-argument, + all cell settings set in the table dialog are overwritten. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -13052,8 +13148,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Due to a bug, \SpecialChar LyX + Due to a bug, + \SpecialChar LyX shows the overwritten settings anyway. \end_layout @@ -13063,7 +13161,8 @@ Note: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As the text should be horizontally centered, the command +As the text should be horizontally centered, + the command \series bold \backslash @@ -13087,13 +13186,13 @@ The command \series bold >{ } \series default - means, that the commands inside the braces are applied before the cell - is created. + means, + that the commands inside the braces are applied before the cell is created. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Although we have chosen centered alignment for the text of the multicolumn - cell, it is still left aligned. +Although we have chosen centered alignment for the text of the multicolumn cell, + it is still left aligned. This is because \SpecialChar LyX only applies the alignment to single columns. So for the multicolumn cell we have to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX @@ -13154,20 +13253,22 @@ Multirows \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To merge cells over multiple rows, select as many cells within a column - as you want to merge and use either the table-toolbar button +To merge cells over multiple rows, + select as many cells within a column as you want to merge and use either the table-toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-feature multirow" \end_inset -, or the menu +, + or the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Table\SpecialChar menuseparator Multirow \family default -, or right click on the marked cells and choose +, + or right click on the marked cells and choose \family sans Multirow \family default @@ -13281,8 +13382,7 @@ i \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The width of multirow cells is set by setting the width and alignment for - the whole column. +The width of multirow cells is set by setting the width and alignment for the whole column. The \family sans Vertical Offset @@ -13291,10 +13391,11 @@ Vertical Offset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If the column of a multirow cell has no explicit width, the multirow cell - inherits the alignment of the column. +If the column of a multirow cell has no explicit width, + the multirow cell inherits the alignment of the column. Otherwise it is by default left-aligned. - To override the default, renew the command + To override the default, + renew the command \series bold \backslash @@ -13318,10 +13419,11 @@ centering} \begin_layout Standard in the document preamble. Then all entries of multirow cells in the document are centered. - If centering is only needed for several tables, you can renew the command - in a \SpecialChar TeX + If centering is only needed for several tables, + you can renew the command in a \SpecialChar TeX Code box just before the table instead of the preamble. - If the text should be right-aligned, replace + If the text should be right-aligned, + replace \series bold \backslash @@ -13344,8 +13446,7 @@ raggedright \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This is an example table with a right-aligned multirow cell that has a vertical - offset of -4 +This is an example table with a right-aligned multirow cell that has a vertical offset of -4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -13523,8 +13624,7 @@ raggedright} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To start a new line in a multirow you can use a forced line break (shortcut - +To start a new line in a multirow you can use a forced line break (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" @@ -13626,8 +13726,7 @@ Cells with diagonal line(s) \begin_layout Standard To tell the reader what is meant by column and row headings in a table, - it is helpful to split the first cell of the table by one or two diagonal - lines. + it is helpful to split the first cell of the table by one or two diagonal lines. This can be achieved by loading the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold @@ -13688,8 +13787,7 @@ diagbox[options]{lower left}{upper left}{upper right} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The first scheme divides the cell by a single diagonal line and the arguments - are placed below and above this line. +The first scheme divides the cell by a single diagonal line and the arguments are placed below and above this line. The second scheme divides the cell by 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13949,8 +14047,7 @@ Crystal Clear Pro \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The 3-argument scheme is for example useful for cross-tables of sports leagues - or distances: +The 3-argument scheme is for example useful for cross-tables of sports leagues or distances: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14061,6 +14158,7 @@ Tigers \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14108,6 +14206,7 @@ Panthers \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14155,6 +14254,7 @@ Falcons \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14168,8 +14268,7 @@ Falcons \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For larger cross-tables one might use split cells in 2 or every corner of - the table like in this example: +For larger cross-tables one might use split cells in 2 or every corner of the table like in this example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14335,6 +14434,7 @@ Tigers \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14391,6 +14491,7 @@ Panthers \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14447,6 +14548,7 @@ Falcons \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14606,7 +14708,8 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To rotate the diagonal lines, the command option +To rotate the diagonal lines, + the command option \series bold dir=direction \series default @@ -14619,11 +14722,13 @@ direction \series bold NE \series default -, +, + \series bold SE \series default -, +, + \series bold SW \series default @@ -14650,13 +14755,14 @@ diagbox[dir=SW]{Team home}{Result}{Team away} \begin_layout Standard is used. - If no direction is given, it will be NW. + If no direction is given, + it will be NW. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The necessary width of split cells is automatically calculated. - Thus if you set a fixed column width smaller than the calculated one, the - cell's content will protrude the cell borders: + Thus if you set a fixed column width smaller than the calculated one, + the cell's content will protrude the cell borders: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14749,8 +14855,8 @@ Perfect Green \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you need a certain width for columns with a split cell, use the command - option +If you need a certain width for columns with a split cell, + use the command option \series bold width=3cm \series default @@ -14776,8 +14882,7 @@ cm + 2 \backslash -tabcolsep is necessary because the overall width is the width for the text - (in this case the 4 +tabcolsep is necessary because the overall width is the width for the text (in this case the 4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -14985,8 +15090,7 @@ Perfect Green \begin_layout Standard Note that the split cell needs to be the widest one in the column. - Otherwise the length of the diagonal line cannot be calculated correctly - like in this table: + Otherwise the length of the diagonal line cannot be calculated correctly like in this table: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -15190,8 +15294,7 @@ Perfect Green \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For multiple text lines in split cells one needs some extra height to fit - the text to the cell. +For multiple text lines in split cells one needs some extra height to fit the text to the cell. This can be achieved with the \series bold @@ -15430,7 +15533,9 @@ For more info about the \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold diagbox \series default -, see its documentation, +, + see its documentation, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "diagbox" @@ -15483,6 +15588,7 @@ Tables are often typeset in books similar to Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Example-booktabs-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15502,7 +15608,8 @@ formal . To make a table a formal table \change_inserted -712698321 1554290084 -, select the table style +, + select the table style \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -15533,7 +15640,8 @@ Borders \family sans Use Default Formal Style \family default -, the border lines are adapted to a sensible default) +, + the border lines are adapted to a sensible default) \change_unchanged . \end_layout @@ -15965,6 +16073,7 @@ Borders \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Row-Spacing" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15972,9 +16081,9 @@ reference "subsec:Row-Spacing" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Unlike normal tables, formal tables have no vertical table lines. - The horizontal table lines can be set as for normal tables but they appear - with different widths in the output: +Unlike normal tables, + formal tables have no vertical table lines. + The horizontal table lines can be set as for normal tables but they appear with different widths in the output: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -16016,12 +16125,14 @@ mytoprule[width]} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This example is for the first line, the so called +This example is for the first line, + the so called \series bold toprule \series default . - If you want to change the width for the last line, replace + If you want to change the width for the last line, + replace \series bold toprule \series default @@ -16047,6 +16158,7 @@ midrule \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16056,8 +16168,7 @@ reference "cha:Units-available-in" \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1554290929 -Lines that do not span all table columns can be created by setting a table - line for multicolumn cells. +Lines that do not span all table columns can be created by setting a table line for multicolumn cells. \SpecialChar LyX will then internally use the command \series bold @@ -16076,13 +16187,15 @@ As in table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Example-booktabs-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, formal tables often use shortened lines to group columns. +, + formal tables often use shortened lines to group columns. This can be done in the borders widget of the table dialog. - With formal tables, the top and bottom borders have to small offset lines - to the left and the right. + With formal tables, + the top and bottom borders have to small offset lines to the left and the right. Clicking on these will trim the line respectively. \change_unchanged @@ -16094,8 +16207,7 @@ reference "tab:Example-booktabs-table" If you need to adjust the length of the trimming or the height of the rules, you have to resort to \SpecialChar TeX Code. - The respective command (which is also used for the trimmed mid rules) is - this: + The respective command (which is also used for the trimmed mid rules) is this: \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -16119,8 +16231,7 @@ cmidrule \series default are currently not supported by \SpecialChar LyX so you have to use \SpecialChar TeX - Code to be able to - use them. + Code to be able to use them. \series bold @@ -16128,8 +16239,7 @@ cmidrule cmidrule \series default s can manually be created by inserting the command as \SpecialChar TeX - Code as the first - cell entry of the first cell of a row. + Code as the first cell entry of the first cell of a row. The line is then drawn in the output above the current row. \change_unchanged @@ -16158,7 +16268,8 @@ endcol \series bold endcol \series default - always needs to be specified, also when the line should span only one column. + always needs to be specified, + also when the line should span only one column. The optional parameter \series bold trim @@ -16216,7 +16327,8 @@ height cmidrule \series default is currently not supported by \SpecialChar LyX -, and neither are the +, + and neither are the \emph on trimwidth \emph default @@ -16228,8 +16340,7 @@ trimwidth cmidrule \series default with the respective settings as \SpecialChar TeX - Code as the first cell entry of the first - cell of a row. + Code as the first cell entry of the first cell of a row. The line is then drawn in the output above the current row. Table \begin_inset space ~ @@ -16239,6 +16350,7 @@ cmidrule \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Special-booktabs-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16261,6 +16373,7 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Example-booktabs-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16339,13 +16452,14 @@ exemplified as well \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Special-booktabs-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1554291601 -, even though this is considered bad style (so only use it if you really - need to) +, + even though this is considered bad style (so only use it if you really need to) \change_unchanged . This can be achieved with the \SpecialChar TeX @@ -16369,6 +16483,7 @@ The command that was used for the second row of Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Special-booktabs-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16421,8 +16536,8 @@ cmidrule{3-4} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you are in any way not satisfied with the border line spacing, you can - use the following command to produce lines that span over all table columns +If you are in any way not satisfied with the border line spacing, + you can use the following command to produce lines that span over all table columns \series bold : \end_layout @@ -16436,9 +16551,9 @@ specialrule{width}{space above}{space below} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For more information about these features, refer to the manual of the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package - +For more information about these features, + refer to the manual of the \SpecialChar LaTeX +-package \series bold booktabs \series default @@ -16960,7 +17075,8 @@ Alignment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To align tables vertically in a text line, the table must be inside a box. +To align tables vertically in a text line, + the table must be inside a box. The box can then be vertically aligned as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16969,6 +17085,7 @@ To align tables vertically in a text line, the table must be inside a box. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Box-Dialog" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16989,6 +17106,7 @@ Minipages are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -17679,9 +17797,10 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you will see, the content of the first and last table row is not correctly - aligned. - To get this alignment, the minipage box must be set into a raisebox. +As you will see, + the content of the first and last table row is not correctly aligned. + To get this alignment, + the minipage box must be set into a raisebox. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -17694,6 +17813,7 @@ Raiseboxes are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Vertical-Alignment" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -17702,8 +17822,7 @@ reference "subsec:Vertical-Alignment" \end_inset - In the example above the second table in the first item is aligned using - the \SpecialChar TeX + In the example above the second table in the first item is aligned using the \SpecialChar TeX Code command \end_layout @@ -17750,16 +17869,17 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - The alignment of the table row content to the surrounding text line is - not exact. + The alignment of the table row content to the surrounding text line is not exact. The required value for the \series bold \backslash raisebox \series default - command for this alignment depends on the document font, the font size, + command for this alignment depends on the document font, + the font size, and the table line thickness. \end_layout @@ -18015,8 +18135,8 @@ i \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you only need colored text, mark the cells and choose a color in the - +If you only need colored text, + mark the cells and choose a color in the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ @@ -18039,6 +18159,7 @@ arg "dialog-show character" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-colored-without" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18106,7 +18227,8 @@ colortbl \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To create colored tables, +To create colored tables, + \series bold colortbl \series default @@ -18151,6 +18273,7 @@ inside the command \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18166,27 +18289,33 @@ The following color names are predefined: \family sans red \family default -, +, + \family sans green \family default -, +, + \family sans yellow \family default -, +, + \family sans blue \family default -, +, + \family sans cyan \family default -, +, + \family sans magenta \family default -, +, + \family sans black \family default @@ -18213,8 +18342,8 @@ dvipsnames \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -to the document class options in the document settings, you can additionally - use further 61 +to the document class options in the document settings, + you can additionally use further 61 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18227,15 +18356,18 @@ colors. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:List-of-dvips-colornames" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - One of these colors, + One of these colors, + \family sans Maroon \family default -, is used as example in Table +, + is used as example in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18243,6 +18375,7 @@ Maroon \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-colored-using" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18274,12 +18407,18 @@ The color model can be \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -cmyk: cyan, magenta, yellow, black +cmyk: + cyan, + magenta, + yellow, + black \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -rgb: red, green blue +rgb: + red, + green blue \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -18288,8 +18427,7 @@ gray gray \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -and the color values are comma separated numbers between 0 and 1 describing - the factor for the corresponding color of the color model. +and the color values are comma separated numbers between 0 and 1 describing the factor for the corresponding color of the color model. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18313,7 +18451,10 @@ darkgreen \series bold \backslash -definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0.5} +definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, + 0, + 1, + 0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18369,7 +18510,8 @@ Both commands are inserted at the beginning of a cell as \SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To color characters in the table, mark the cells and use the +To color characters in the table, + mark the cells and use the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ @@ -18379,8 +18521,8 @@ Style \family default dialog. If a cell contains \SpecialChar TeX - Code mark only the characters, otherwise the colored - \SpecialChar TeX + Code mark only the characters, + otherwise the colored \SpecialChar TeX Code will cause \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. \end_layout @@ -18393,6 +18535,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all DVI-viewers are able to display self-defined colors. \end_layout @@ -18418,10 +18561,12 @@ To create Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-colored-using" +nolink "false" \end_inset - do the following: The color of the first column should be + do the following: + The color of the first column should be \emph on darkgreen \emph default @@ -18442,7 +18587,8 @@ centering}c \begin_layout Standard as \SpecialChar LaTeX -argument for this column. - The first row should be light blue, therefore the \SpecialChar TeX + The first row should be light blue, + therefore the \SpecialChar TeX Code command \end_layout @@ -18458,8 +18604,7 @@ rowcolor{cyan} is inserted to the first cell of this row. Note that this overwrites the column color for the first cell. The last cell of the last row is colored maroon by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX - Code - command + Code command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18776,9 +18921,8 @@ for Table Rows \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In case every second table row needs to be colored there is an alternative - to the method described in the previous section: One loads the package - +In case every second table row needs to be colored there is an alternative to the method described in the previous section: + One loads the package \series bold xcolor \series default @@ -18848,12 +18992,14 @@ colortbl \end_inset -, so +, + so \series bold colortbl \series default must be installed in your \SpecialChar LaTeX --distribution, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX +-distribution, + otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors. \end_layout @@ -18902,16 +19048,13 @@ rowcolors[commands]{row number}{odd row color}{even row color} \begin_layout Standard that is either inserted in the document preamble or as \SpecialChar TeX - Code before the - first table to be colored. + Code before the first table to be colored. row \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -number is the number of the first row which should be colored according - to the odd row color. - commands can be additional commands that are executed before every table - row. +number is the number of the first row which should be colored according to the odd row color. + commands can be additional commands that are executed before every table row. So for example the command \end_layout @@ -18932,6 +19075,7 @@ leads to the coloring scheme of Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-rowcolors" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18958,6 +19102,7 @@ leads to the coloring scheme of Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-rowcolors-2" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18978,7 +19123,8 @@ row \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -color are left empty, no color will be used so that the command +color are left empty, + no color will be used so that the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -19214,8 +19360,7 @@ name "tab:Table-rowcolors-2" \end_inset -Table where every second row is colored cyan and at which there is a line - between each row. +Table where every second row is colored cyan and at which there is a line between each row. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19497,11 +19642,12 @@ As described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Line-Thickness" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, the line thickness for all lines in a table can be adjusted with the length - +, + the line thickness for all lines in a table can be adjusted with the length \series bold \backslash @@ -19531,8 +19677,9 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.5pt} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To color vertical lines for example with green, create the following column - format in the document preamble, according to the description in section +To color vertical lines for example with green, + create the following column format in the document preamble, + according to the description in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19540,6 +19687,7 @@ To color vertical lines for example with green, create the following column \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Customized-Format" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -19567,6 +19715,7 @@ For Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-vertical-colored" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -19583,7 +19732,8 @@ reference "tab:Table-with-vertical-colored" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to have several colors, define more column formats. +If you want to have several colors, + define more column formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -19723,7 +19873,8 @@ sd \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -To color all horizontal lines for example with red, as in Table +To color all horizontal lines for example with red, + as in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19731,10 +19882,12 @@ To color all horizontal lines for example with red, as in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-horizontal-colored" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, insert these commands in \SpecialChar TeX +, + insert these commands in \SpecialChar TeX code before the table or table float: \end_layout @@ -19954,9 +20107,9 @@ sd \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To return to the default line color black, insert this command in \SpecialChar TeX - code - after the table or table float: +To return to the default line color black, + insert this command in \SpecialChar TeX + code after the table or table float: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -19980,6 +20133,7 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-colored" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20159,9 +20313,9 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.2pt} \begin_layout Standard To color only some of the table lines another strategy is necessary. - To color all following horizontal lines, insert this command as \SpecialChar TeX - code as - last thing in the row that should be above the first colored line: + To color all following horizontal lines, + insert this command as \SpecialChar TeX + code as last thing in the row that should be above the first colored line: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20177,8 +20331,8 @@ arrayrulecolor{blue}% \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To go back to black lines, add this command as first thing in the row that - is above the black lines: +To go back to black lines, + add this command as first thing in the row that is above the black lines: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20198,12 +20352,13 @@ With this one can color table lines like in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-different-hor" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - However, with this method it is not possible to color the line above the - first row of a table. + However, + with this method it is not possible to color the line above the first row of a table. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20719,7 +20874,8 @@ arrayrulecolor{blue}% \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To change the color of vertical lines within a row, like in Table +To change the color of vertical lines within a row, + like in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20727,12 +20883,13 @@ To change the color of vertical lines within a row, like in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-different-ver" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, one needs to use multicolumns. - At first one needs to remove all vertical lines that don't run along the - whole column. +, + one needs to use multicolumns. + At first one needs to remove all vertical lines that don't run along the whole column. Now one colors all lines using the command \end_layout @@ -20751,8 +20908,7 @@ arrayrulecolor{blue}% \begin_layout Standard as above. Finally one inserts this command as \SpecialChar TeX - code to every cell in the row where - one needs a vertical line in a different color: + code to every cell in the row where one needs a vertical line in a different color: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20773,7 +20929,8 @@ vline}}{ \begin_layout Standard This adds a vertical line to both sides of the cell. - The left one will be green, the right one red. + The left one will be green, + the right one red. If no color change is necessary one can omit the \series bold @@ -20827,8 +20984,7 @@ multicolumn{1}{|c|}{ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -After this command insert the cell content the normal way and end the cell - with a closing brace +After this command insert the cell content the normal way and end the cell with a closing brace \series bold } \series default @@ -21600,6 +21756,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotations. \end_layout @@ -21621,6 +21778,7 @@ reference "tab:Table-with-rotated" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21748,6 +21906,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Line breaks (shortcut \begin_inset Info @@ -21764,8 +21923,8 @@ arg "newline-insert newline" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to rotate table cells containing line breaks, you have to put - the cell content into a minipage or a parbox. +If you want to rotate table cells containing line breaks, + you have to put the cell content into a minipage or a parbox. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -21778,6 +21937,7 @@ For more about these boxes see sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21785,6 +21945,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Parboxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21798,8 +21959,7 @@ reference "sec:Parboxes" \end_inset ° the width of the box is the height of the cell. - To avoid to estimate a suitable box width one can use a minipage with a - variable width. + To avoid to estimate a suitable box width one can use a minipage with a variable width. Such a box is inserted by loading the module \family sans Variable-width @@ -21836,11 +21996,11 @@ Width). \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-rotated-multi" +nolink "false" \end_inset - is an example for a rotated multiline cell where a variable width minipage - is used. + is an example for a rotated multiline cell where a variable width minipage is used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -21977,10 +22137,9 @@ name "sec:Table-Width-Calculation" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For wide tables it is sometimes difficult to assure that the table does - not protrude over the page margin. - Setting a fixed width for every column of the table is the solution, but - what amount of space is needed for each column? +For wide tables it is sometimes difficult to assure that the table does not protrude over the page margin. + Setting a fixed width for every column of the table is the solution, + but what amount of space is needed for each column? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -21988,20 +22147,20 @@ The table width \begin_inset Formula $W_{\mathrm{table}}$ \end_inset - can be calculated: Every column has the width of the specified column width - + can be calculated: + Every column has the width of the specified column width \begin_inset Formula $W_{\mathrm{column}}$ \end_inset - (that the content of the column can consume) plus two times the separation - between the column content and the column border (\SpecialChar LaTeX + (that the content of the column can consume) plus two times the separation between the column content and the column border (\SpecialChar LaTeX length \series bold \backslash tabcolsep \series default -, default 6 +, + default 6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -22012,11 +22171,13 @@ pt) plus the width of a border line (\SpecialChar LaTeX \backslash arrayrulewidth \series default -, default 0.4 +, + default 0.4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -pt): So if all +pt): + So if all \begin_inset Formula $n$ \end_inset @@ -22024,7 +22185,8 @@ pt): So if all \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -columns have the same width, the table width is +columns have the same width, + the table width is \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} W_{\mathrm{table}}=n\left(W_{\mathrm{column}}+2\backslash\mbox{tabcolsep}+\backslash\mbox{arrayrulewidth}\right)+\backslash\mbox{arrayrulewidth} @@ -22036,8 +22198,7 @@ W_{\mathrm{table}}=n\left(W_{\mathrm{column}}+2\backslash\mbox{tabcolsep}+\backs \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The available width for a table is the space between the page margins or - the width of a text column (for a two-column document) (\SpecialChar LaTeX +The available width for a table is the space between the page margins or the width of a text column (for a two-column document) (\SpecialChar LaTeX length \series bold @@ -22055,7 +22216,8 @@ columnwidth \backslash -columnwidth, +columnwidth, + \begin_inset Formula $W_{\mathrm{column}}$ \end_inset @@ -22106,6 +22268,7 @@ calc \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -22114,8 +22277,8 @@ reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations" \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -columns with an uniform width and centered text, enter there for each column - the command +columns with an uniform width and centered text, + enter there for each column the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -22137,7 +22300,8 @@ columns where 2 should have 0.75 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -times the width than the 3 others, the calculation is +times the width than the 3 others, + the calculation is \begin_inset Formula \begin{align} \backslash\mbox{columnwidth} & =3\,W_{\mathrm{column}}+2\cdot0.75\,W_{\mathrm{column}}+\backslash\mbox{arrayrulewidth}\nonumber \\ @@ -22402,6 +22566,7 @@ Formal tables are explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formal-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -22416,8 +22581,7 @@ reference "sec:Formal-Tables" \end_inset em space. - For normal tables the inserted space will unfortunately destroy the vertical - table lines as in the following table: + For normal tables the inserted space will unfortunately destroy the vertical table lines as in the following table: \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset @@ -22497,8 +22661,7 @@ C \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -So inserting space in the top of row for normal tables is only useful when - you don't have vertical lines. +So inserting space in the top of row for normal tables is only useful when you don't have vertical lines. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -22516,7 +22679,8 @@ row will add space below the characters of the table row. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -em space, for normal tables the default size is 2 +em space, + for normal tables the default size is 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -22535,8 +22699,7 @@ rows adds space between the current and the following row. \end_inset em space. - For normal tables the inserted space will unfortunately destroy the vertical - table lines as in the following table: + For normal tables the inserted space will unfortunately destroy the vertical table lines as in the following table: \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset @@ -22634,16 +22797,15 @@ mm space between row \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -So inserting space between rows for normal tables is only useful when you - don't have vertical lines. +So inserting space between rows for normal tables is only useful when you don't have vertical lines. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -When you want to add extra height to all cells of all tables, you can do - this with the following preamble lines: +When you want to add extra height to all cells of all tables, + you can do this with the following preamble lines: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -22720,17 +22882,17 @@ height \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - But this has the disadvantage that the cell texts are no longer exactly - vertically centered. + But this has the disadvantage that the cell texts are no longer exactly vertically centered. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you are using font sizes larger than the normal size, the table borders - are often too close to the letters. +If you are using font sizes larger than the normal size, + the table borders are often too close to the letters. This can be corrected by inserting the command \series bold @@ -22747,6 +22909,7 @@ strut \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Vertical-alignment-of" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -22816,7 +22979,8 @@ Normal table. \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Normal, g +Normal, + g \end_layout \end_inset @@ -22938,7 +23102,8 @@ strut \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Normal, g +Normal, + g \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23126,8 +23291,8 @@ Special Cell Alignment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes it looks better when the cell entries of a column are aligned - with a special character, e. +Sometimes it looks better when the cell entries of a column are aligned with a special character, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -23143,12 +23308,12 @@ with the decimal separator as in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-cells-align" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - This alignment is achieved by setting the cursor into the column and then - either pressing the toolbar button + This alignment is achieved by setting the cursor into the column and then either pressing the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-feature align-decimal" @@ -23167,8 +23332,7 @@ Decimal Separator \family default . - The alignment character can be a character of your choice and is specified - in the table settings. + The alignment character can be a character of your choice and is specified in the table settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -23403,8 +23567,7 @@ heading \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For alignments at characters in formulas this method does not work because - the field to specify the alignment character does not allow formulas. +For alignments at characters in formulas this method does not work because the field to specify the alignment character does not allow formulas. In this case one need to use the method from Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23413,19 +23576,18 @@ For alignments at characters in formulas this method does not work because \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-align-operator" +nolink "false" \end_inset . This table was created with a 4×2 table. The heading is a centered multicolumn. - The first column is right-aligned and contains the first part including - the operator. + The first column is right-aligned and contains the first part including the operator. The second column is left aligned and contains the rest. - A small space was added at the beginning of each cell of the second column - to get the space that is usually around operators. - To omit the space that is normally between two table columns, the following - \SpecialChar LaTeX + A small space was added at the beginning of each cell of the second column to get the space that is usually around operators. + To omit the space that is normally between two table columns, + the following \SpecialChar LaTeX -argument was used for the second column: \end_layout @@ -23444,12 +23606,13 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Several-table-cell" +nolink "false" \end_inset shows some example alignments. - For the alignment with the relation sign, a small space was added like - for the second column of Table + For the alignment with the relation sign, + a small space was added like for the second column of Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23457,6 +23620,7 @@ reference "tab:Several-table-cell" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-align-operator" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -23827,6 +23991,7 @@ Calculating the required width for normal columns as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Table-Width-Calculation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -23838,11 +24003,13 @@ reference "sec:Table-Width-Calculation" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations" +nolink "false" \end_inset is very annoying if you have several tables where a calculation is necessary. - To make life easier, you can define a cell/column format in the preamble, + To make life easier, + you can define a cell/column format in the preamble, that can be used in all tables of the document. The format is defined with the command \end_layout @@ -23861,19 +24028,23 @@ The format name may only consist of one letter. \emph on b \emph default -, +, + \emph on c \emph default -, +, + \emph on l \emph default -, +, + \emph on m \emph default -, +, + \emph on p \emph default @@ -23893,8 +24064,7 @@ r \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For vertically and horizontally centered multicolumn cells with a fixed - width you can define the cell format +For vertically and horizontally centered multicolumn cells with a fixed width you can define the cell format \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -23916,7 +24086,8 @@ where \backslash hspace{0pt} \series default - avoids the problem of hyphenating the first word, as described in section + avoids the problem of hyphenating the first word, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23924,6 +24095,7 @@ hspace{0pt} \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -23954,7 +24126,8 @@ as \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For cells spanned by a multicolumn cell, you can define the format +For cells spanned by a multicolumn cell, + you can define the format \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -23996,11 +24169,11 @@ This format uses equation \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:Wgn" +nolink "false" \end_inset - to calculate the required width so that each spanned cell has the same - width. + to calculate the required width so that each spanned cell has the same width. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -24026,7 +24199,8 @@ as \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For colored columns, you can define +For colored columns, + you can define \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -24050,8 +24224,7 @@ c \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - at the end creates a column with a flexible width whose text is horizontally - centered. + at the end creates a column with a flexible width whose text is horizontally centered. You can now enter \end_layout @@ -24082,6 +24255,7 @@ To create Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-using-user-defined" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24106,7 +24280,8 @@ K{red} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -for the last column, and +for the last column, + and \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -24314,8 +24489,7 @@ Line Thickness \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The line thickness for all lines in a table can be adjusted with the length - +The line thickness for all lines in a table can be adjusted with the length \series bold \backslash @@ -24326,7 +24500,8 @@ arrayrulewidth \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -pt, as in Table +pt, + as in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24334,10 +24509,12 @@ pt, as in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-1.5" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, insert the command +, + insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -24354,7 +24531,8 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.5pt} in \SpecialChar TeX Code before the table or table float. The changed thickness is valid for all subsequent tables. - To use the default value again, set + To use the default value again, + set \series bold \backslash @@ -24543,7 +24721,8 @@ To set the line thickness to 1.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -pt only for horizontal lines, as in Table +pt only for horizontal lines, + as in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24551,10 +24730,12 @@ pt only for horizontal lines, as in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-horizontal" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, insert these commands in \SpecialChar TeX +, + insert these commands in \SpecialChar TeX Code before the table or table float: \end_layout @@ -24601,9 +24782,9 @@ arrayrulewidth 0.4pt}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To return to the default line thickness, insert this command in \SpecialChar TeX - Code after - the table or table float: +To return to the default line thickness, + insert this command in \SpecialChar TeX + Code after the table or table float: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -24830,8 +25011,9 @@ To set the line thickness to 1.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -pt only for vertical lines, create the following column format in the document - preamble, according to the description in section +pt only for vertical lines, + create the following column format in the document preamble, + according to the description in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24839,6 +25021,7 @@ pt only for vertical lines, create the following column format in the document \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Customized-Format" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24864,6 +25047,7 @@ For Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-vertical" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -25394,7 +25578,8 @@ x \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - does not natively support dashed lines, so you have to use \SpecialChar TeX + does not natively support dashed lines, + so you have to use \SpecialChar TeX Code. As a prerequisite the \SpecialChar LaTeX package @@ -25436,7 +25621,8 @@ usepackage{arydshln} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To make a vertical line dashed, enter the colon +To make a vertical line dashed, + enter the colon \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -25445,8 +25631,7 @@ To make a vertical line dashed, enter the colon \end_inset together with the character for the horizontal alignment as \SpecialChar LaTeX - argument in - the table cell dialog. + argument in the table cell dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -25483,8 +25668,8 @@ cdashline{line number \begin_layout Standard in \SpecialChar TeX Code as the first element of the first cell in the table row. - If you have for example a multicolumn spanning columns 2 to 4 and you want - to have a dashed line above, add the command + If you have for example a multicolumn spanning columns 2 to 4 and you want to have a dashed line above, + add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -25515,6 +25700,7 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-with-dashed" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -25569,6 +25755,7 @@ Tables with dashed lines can also be colored as shown by Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Colored-table-with" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -25671,7 +25858,8 @@ arrayrulecolor{black}} status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -color horizontal, dashed lines red +color horizontal, + dashed lines red \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25721,7 +25909,8 @@ arrayrulecolor{black}} status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -color partial horizontal, dashed lines yellow +color partial horizontal, + dashed lines yellow \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26176,7 +26365,8 @@ reset to default \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The coloring of lines, columns and lines works as decribed in section +The coloring of lines, + columns and lines works as decribed in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26184,6 +26374,7 @@ The coloring of lines, columns and lines works as decribed in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26213,7 +26404,8 @@ hline \backslash hdashline \series default -; so one uses the command +; + so one uses the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -26266,7 +26458,8 @@ To color \backslash cdashline \series default -, the command is +, + the command is \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -26313,8 +26506,8 @@ arrayrulecolor{black}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get back the black line color, one needs to insert the following commands - as \SpecialChar TeX +To get back the black line color, + one needs to insert the following commands as \SpecialChar TeX Code behind the table: \end_layout @@ -26405,7 +26598,9 @@ status open \color none Note \series default -: If there are multiple commands in a cell, the command of +: + If there are multiple commands in a cell, + the command of \series bold arydshln \series default @@ -26422,6 +26617,7 @@ k \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Colored-table-with" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26454,6 +26650,7 @@ status open \series bold \color none Note: + \series default The \SpecialChar LaTeX -package @@ -26556,7 +26753,8 @@ For more information about dashed lines see the documentation of \series bold arydshln \series default -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "arydshln" @@ -26624,8 +26822,8 @@ Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't - have a fixed location. +A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, + which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -26634,7 +26832,8 @@ float \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. + forward or backward a page or two, + to wherever it fits best. \family sans Footnotes @@ -26647,16 +26846,14 @@ Margin Notes \family default - are also floats because they can float to the next page when there are - too many notes on the page. + are also floats because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Floats allow a high quality layout. - Images and tables can be spread evenly among the pages to avoid white space - and pages without text. - As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table -, every float can be referenced in the text. + Images and tables can be spread evenly among the pages to avoid white space and pages without text. + As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table, + every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -26666,6 +26863,7 @@ Floats allow a high quality layout. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26673,7 +26871,8 @@ reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert a float, use the menu +To insert a float, + use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float @@ -26695,12 +26894,11 @@ arg "float-insert table" \family sans Caption \family default - inset, a box with a label. - The label will automatically be translated to the document language in - the output. + inset, + a box with a label. + The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output. After the label you can insert the caption text. - The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate - paragraph within the float. + The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float. More about the caption placement is contained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26709,14 +26907,16 @@ Caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Caption-Placement" +nolink "false" \end_inset . To keep your \SpecialChar LyX - document readable, you can open and close the float box by - left-clicking on the box label. - A closed float box looks like this: + document readable, + you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label. + A closed float box looks like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/float.png scale 95 @@ -26728,15 +26928,12 @@ reference "sec:Caption-Placement" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is recommended that you insert floats as separate standard paragraphs - to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX --errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially - formatted. +It is recommended that you insert floats as separate standard paragraphs to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX +-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Existing figures or tables can be put into a float by highlighting them - and then pressing the corresponding toolbar button for a new float. +Existing figures or tables can be put into a float by highlighting them and then pressing the corresponding toolbar button for a new float. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -26752,6 +26949,7 @@ Besides figure and table floats that are described in sections \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Figure-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26759,10 +26957,12 @@ reference "sec:Figure-Floats" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Table-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset - respectively, \SpecialChar LyX + respectively, + \SpecialChar LyX offers the float types \family sans Algorithm @@ -26780,6 +26980,7 @@ Wrap \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Wrap-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26843,7 +27044,8 @@ for I in 1..N loop \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - Sum := Sum + A(I); /* comment */ + Sum := Sum + A(I); + /* comment */ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -26867,8 +27069,7 @@ Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Algorithm \family default . - It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms and can be - seen as an alternative to program code listings that are explained in chapter + It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms and can be seen as an alternative to program code listings that are explained in chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26876,6 +27077,7 @@ Algorithm \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Program-Code-Listings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26885,7 +27087,8 @@ reference "cha:Program-Code-Listings" \SpecialChar LyX Code \family default -, described in \SpecialChar LyX +, + described in \SpecialChar LyX 's \emph on Userguide @@ -26899,6 +27102,7 @@ Userguide \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "alg:Example-Algorithm-float" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26906,14 +27110,13 @@ reference "alg:Example-Algorithm-float" \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -mm vertical space was added at the end of the float to have the bottom rule - exactly below the last text line. +mm vertical space was added at the end of the float to have the bottom rule exactly below the last text line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The float label is not automatically translated into the document language. - If your document is not in English, you have to do this manually by adding - the following line to the document preamble + If your document is not in English, + you have to do this manually by adding the following line to the document preamble \series bold : \end_layout @@ -27021,8 +27224,8 @@ chapter.algorithm \end_inset as is the case for table and figure floats in many document-classes. - To number algorithm floats in the same scheme, add this command to your - document preamble: + To number algorithm floats in the same scheme, + add this command to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27040,7 +27243,8 @@ To be able to use the command \backslash numberwithin \series default -, set in the tab +, + set in the tab \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -27094,8 +27298,8 @@ Numbering \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Floats are usually numbered either independently from the sections the floats - are in, or in the scheme +Floats are usually numbered either independently from the sections the floats are in, + or in the scheme \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27116,8 +27320,8 @@ section.number \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To change section-independent numbering, you can use this command in the - document preamble: +To change section-independent numbering, + you can use this command in the document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27140,7 +27344,8 @@ roman{table}} thetable \series default is the command that prints the table number. - For figure floats, the command would be + For figure floats, + the command would be \series bold \backslash @@ -27165,7 +27370,8 @@ subsection.number \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, use this command in the preamble: +, + use this command in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27183,7 +27389,8 @@ To be able to use the command \backslash numberwithin \series default -, set in the tab +, + set in the tab \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -27219,6 +27426,7 @@ Please also have a look at section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Footnote-Numbering" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27281,7 +27489,8 @@ to Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To reference a float, insert a label into its caption using the menu +To reference a float, + insert a label into its caption using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label @@ -27293,7 +27502,8 @@ arg "label-insert" \end_inset . - A grey label box like this one: + A grey label box like this one: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/label.png scaleBeforeRotation @@ -27303,7 +27513,8 @@ arg "label-insert" will be inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. \SpecialChar LyX offers as text the first words of the caption with a prefix. - The prefix depends on the float type, e. + The prefix depends on the float type, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27334,10 +27545,11 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" . The cross-reference window appears showing all labels of the document. If you have multiple \SpecialChar LyX - documents opened, choose the one you are working - on from the drop-list at the top of the dialog. + documents opened, + choose the one you are working on from the drop-list at the top of the dialog. You can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose one. - A grey cross-reference box like this one: + A grey cross-reference box like this one: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/reference.png scaleBeforeRotation @@ -27345,8 +27557,7 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset will be inserted. - At the position of the cross-reference box the float number will appear - in the output. + At the position of the cross-reference box the float number will appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27356,16 +27567,14 @@ protected \change_inserted 177693 1654669170 non-breaking \change_unchanged - space between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid line breaks - between them. - If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you will see two question - marks in the output instead of the reference. + space between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid line breaks between them. + If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, + you will see two question marks in the output instead of the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box. - References to the changed label will automatically update their links to - the new label text. + References to the changed label will automatically update their links to the new label text. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27427,10 +27636,14 @@ There are six varieties of cross-references: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -: prints the float number, this is the default: +: + prints the float number, + this is the default: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27438,9 +27651,10 @@ reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -(): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the - style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference - name +(): + prints the float number within two parentheses, + this is the style normally used to reference formulas, + especially when the reference name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27448,10 +27662,12 @@ Equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is omitted: + is omitted: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:Wgn" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27459,7 +27675,9 @@ reference "eq:Wgn" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -: prints the page number: Page +: + prints the page number: + Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27467,6 +27685,7 @@ reference "eq:Wgn" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand pageref reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27482,10 +27701,13 @@ page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -: prints the text "on page" and the page number: +: + prints the text "on page" and the page number: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vpageref reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27505,11 +27727,15 @@ page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number: +: + prints the float number, + the text "on page", + and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27521,7 +27747,8 @@ Formatted \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -reference: prints a self-defined cross-reference format. +reference: + prints a self-defined cross-reference format. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -27533,6 +27760,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package @@ -27599,8 +27827,7 @@ refstyle \end_inset You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX --package should be used for this feature by setting - the option +-package should be used for this feature by setting the option \family sans Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references \family default @@ -27624,8 +27851,7 @@ newrefformat newref \series default (refstyle) to the preamble of the document. - For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label - prefix + For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27653,8 +27879,9 @@ pageref{#1}}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations -, +For more information about the format, + have a look at the package documentations, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "prettyref,refstyle" @@ -27688,7 +27915,8 @@ Plural \emph on s \emph default - to the name, e. + to the name, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27704,11 +27932,13 @@ figures \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -; +; + \family sans Capitalized \family default - outputs the name capitalized, e. + outputs the name capitalized, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27749,10 +27979,13 @@ Textual \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -reference: prints the caption of the reference: +reference: + prints the caption of the reference: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand nameref reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27764,14 +27997,17 @@ Label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX - label for the reference: +only: + prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX + label for the reference: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand labelonly reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27785,13 +28021,15 @@ This allows to use the label for commands in \SpecialChar TeX \family sans No Prefix \family default - one can omit the prefix of the label name: + one can omit the prefix of the label name: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand labelonly reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "true" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27803,7 +28041,8 @@ noprefix "true" \family sans \family default - will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same, + will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, + the same, or the next page. You will e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} @@ -27834,15 +28073,13 @@ on this page \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The number and current page of the part of the document referred to in the - output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX +The number and current page of the part of the document referred to in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX . The varieties are adjusted in the field \family sans Format \family default - of the cross-reference window that appears when you click on the cross-referenc -e box. + of the cross-reference window that appears when you click on the cross-reference box. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27853,6 +28090,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default It is recommended to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package @@ -27991,7 +28229,8 @@ hyperref \end_inset -, that is enabled in the +, + that is enabled in the \family sans PDF Properties \family default @@ -27999,8 +28238,8 @@ PDF Properties \family sans Document Settings \family default - dialog, provides a very useful feature that cross-references automatically - include the name of the referenced floats (or text parts like + dialog, + provides a very useful feature that cross-references automatically include the name of the referenced floats (or text parts like \emph on section \emph default @@ -28022,7 +28261,8 @@ Figure \end_inset before every reference to a figure. - To use this feature, enable + To use this feature, + enable \series bold hyperref \series default @@ -28047,8 +28287,8 @@ autoref{#1}}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you prefer other reference names than the default ones, for example - you want instead of +When you prefer other reference names than the default ones, + for example you want instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28068,7 +28308,8 @@ sec. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -, you can redefine the name by inserting this in the preamble: +, + you can redefine the name by inserting this in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -28107,7 +28348,8 @@ negthinspace}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you are using another document language than English, replace +When you are using another document language than English, + replace \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -28123,12 +28365,15 @@ extrasenglish \backslash extras*** \series default -, where *** is the name of the language used. +, + where *** is the name of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get automatic names, but not for certain reference types, for example - not for equations, use this preamble code: +To get automatic names, + but not for certain reference types, + for example not for equations, + use this preamble code: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -28169,9 +28414,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Automatic reference naming cannot be used when you use cross-references - in the + Automatic reference naming cannot be used when you use cross-references in the \family sans Formatted \begin_inset space ~ @@ -28179,7 +28424,8 @@ Formatted reference \family default - style, as described in section + style, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28187,6 +28433,7 @@ reference \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Cross-Reference-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28275,12 +28522,11 @@ PDF Properties \family sans Document Settings \family default - dialog to link cross-references in the output, you will see that clicking - on an image float reference jumps to the image label. - The caption will be the first text part on the screen, so that you cannot - see the image without scrolling. - This is because the reference link anchor is placed at the position of - the label. + dialog to link cross-references in the output, + you will see that clicking on an image float reference jumps to the image label. + The caption will be the first text part on the screen, + so that you cannot see the image without scrolling. + This is because the reference link anchor is placed at the position of the label. With the use of the package \series bold hypcap @@ -28308,7 +28554,8 @@ hypcap \end_inset -, which is part of the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + which is part of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold oberdiek @@ -28336,8 +28583,10 @@ oberdiek \end_inset -, the link anchor is placed at the beginning of a float. - To use this feature for figure floats, load +, + the link anchor is placed at the beginning of a float. + To use this feature for figure floats, + load \series bold hypcap \series default @@ -28358,7 +28607,8 @@ You can also use hypcap \series default for all float types but this is not recommended for stability reasons. - For more information, have a look at + For more information, + have a look at \series bold hypcap \series default @@ -28381,6 +28631,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default \series bold @@ -28443,7 +28694,8 @@ Settings \change_inserted -712698321 1526033385 Float Settings can be adjusted at two places in \SpecialChar LyX -: +: + \change_inserted 630872221 1622709604 i \change_deleted 630872221 1622709603 @@ -28456,9 +28708,9 @@ Settings\SpecialChar ldots \SpecialChar menuseparator Float Settings \family default -, you can set some options that are used by default for all floats of the - document (placement on page and alignment of contents), unless you modify - the local settings of a float. +, + you can set some options that are used by default for all floats of the document (placement on page and alignment of contents), + unless you modify the local settings of a float. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -28487,7 +28739,9 @@ This \change_unchanged opens a dialog where you can \change_inserted -712698321 1526032584 -, now only for the given float, +, + now only for the given float, + \change_unchanged alter the \change_inserted -712698321 1526033452 @@ -28498,13 +28752,14 @@ placement options that \SpecialChar LaTeX uses for positioning the float \change_inserted -712698321 1526033493 - and alignment options, and adapt some other options that are only available - for single floats + and alignment options, + and adapt some other options that are only available for single floats \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1526032658 - All these options, both for + All these options, + both for \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -28514,7 +28769,8 @@ Float Settings \family sans Float Settings \family default -, are described in turn. +, + are described in turn. \change_deleted -712698321 1526031652 \begin_inset Newline newline @@ -28528,8 +28784,9 @@ Span columns \family default - is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will - span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. + is only useful for two-column documents: + If you select it, + the float will span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -28541,10 +28798,12 @@ Rotate sideways \family default - is used to rotate floats, see section + is used to rotate floats, + see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Rotated-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28611,17 +28870,18 @@ Float Settings \family sans Float Settings \family default - dialog, you can + dialog, + you can \change_deleted -712698321 1526032811 -You can use one or more of the following options in the float dialog to - set +You can use one or more of the following options in the float dialog to set \change_inserted -712698321 1526032812 modify \change_unchanged the placement \change_inserted -712698321 1526033558 algorithm that \SpecialChar LaTeX - uses for positioning floats on the page, either + uses for positioning floats on the page, + either \change_unchanged for \change_inserted -712698321 1526033535 @@ -28645,7 +28905,8 @@ Float Settings Placement Settings \family default . - By default, this is set to + By default, + this is set to \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1526033604 @@ -28659,8 +28920,7 @@ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Float Settings \family default - (meaning that the default placement algorithm of the document class is - used) or + (meaning that the default placement algorithm of the document class is used) or \family sans Document Default \family default @@ -28674,8 +28934,10 @@ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Float Settings \family default - are used, which are the Class Defaults by default). - If you want to change this, + are used, + which are the Class Defaults by default). + If you want to change this, + \change_deleted -712698321 1526033009 when you uncheck \change_inserted -712698321 1526033535 @@ -28688,6 +28950,7 @@ the option \family sans Placement Settings: + \change_unchanged \family default @@ -28735,8 +28998,7 @@ Here, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -definitely forces the placement of the float on the position where it has - been inserted +definitely forces the placement of the float on the position where it has been inserted \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -28784,7 +29046,9 @@ always \emph default used by \SpecialChar LaTeX . - That means, if you use the default placement, \SpecialChar LaTeX + That means, + if you use the default placement, + \SpecialChar LaTeX will first try out \family sans Here @@ -28797,7 +29061,8 @@ if possible \family default -, then +, + then \family sans Top \begin_inset space ~ @@ -28809,20 +29074,21 @@ of page \family default -, and then the others. - If you do not use the default, \SpecialChar LaTeX - will try only the checked options but in - the same order. +, + and then the others. + If you do not use the default, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + will try only the checked options but in the same order. If none of the 4 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -placements is possible the procedure is internally repeated trying to put - the float on the following page. +placements is possible the procedure is internally repeated trying to put the float on the following page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, each option has its own rules: +By default, + each option has its own rules: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -28866,7 +29132,8 @@ of page \family default -: only floats occupying less than 30 +: + only floats occupying less than 30 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -28894,12 +29161,13 @@ of floats \family default -: only if more than 50 +: + only if more than 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -% of the page is occupied by floats, several floats can be set together - on a page. +% of the page is occupied by floats, + several floats can be set together on a page. ( \series bold @@ -28910,8 +29178,8 @@ floatpagefraction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional - option +If you don't like these rules, + you can ignore them by using the additional option \family sans Ignore \begin_inset space ~ @@ -28929,14 +29197,13 @@ rules \end_inset You can also redefine the rules with \SpecialChar LaTeX --commands that are given in parentheses - after the rules description above. - To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule - to 50 +-commands that are given in parentheses after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule to 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: +% of the page, + add this line to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -28950,8 +29217,9 @@ bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed - exactly at the position where it is inserted. +Sometimes you might need, + under all circumstances, + a float to be placed exactly at the position where it is inserted. For this case you can use the option \family sans Here @@ -28961,8 +29229,8 @@ Here definitely \family default . - Use this option very rarely and only if the document is almost ready to - be printed, because the float is then no longer able to + Use this option very rarely and only if the document is almost ready to be printed, + because the float is then no longer able to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28974,8 +29242,8 @@ float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always - surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph. +There are no placement options for text wrap floats, + because they are always surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph. \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset @@ -28983,9 +29251,8 @@ There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you have the problem that a float is placed at the top of a page - while its corresponding section starts at the middle of the page, so that - the reader could think the float is part of the previous section. +Sometimes you have the problem that a float is placed at the top of a page while its corresponding section starts at the middle of the page, + so that the reader could think the float is part of the previous section. To avoid this the \SpecialChar LaTeX -command \series bold @@ -28994,9 +29261,9 @@ Sometimes you have the problem that a float is placed at the top of a page suppressfloats \series default can be used. - It suppresses a given float placement for the page where it is inserted - and can therefore be used to avoid floats being set before a section starts. - To get this, add these commands to your document preamble: + It suppresses a given float placement for the page where it is inserted and can therefore be used to avoid floats being set before a section starts. + To get this, + add these commands to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -29024,9 +29291,9 @@ mySection} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can define the same for all section headings, like chapters and subsections. - This definition is not recommended to be used for small text parts like - subsubsections because \SpecialChar LaTeX +You can define the same for all section headings, + like chapters and subsections. + This definition is not recommended to be used for small text parts like subsubsections because \SpecialChar LaTeX may then have problems finding a suitable placement. \end_layout @@ -29034,8 +29301,7 @@ You can define the same for all section headings, like chapters and subsections. \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -In some cases it is required to have all figures/tables at the end of the - document. +In some cases it is required to have all figures/tables at the end of the document. For this purpose the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold @@ -29065,8 +29331,7 @@ endfloat \end_inset was developed. - It puts all figure and table floats at the end of the document into their - own sections. + It puts all figure and table floats at the end of the document into their own sections. At the original float position a text hint like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -29120,10 +29385,12 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Note: endfloat +Note: + endfloat \series default - doesn't provide an automatic translation for the text hint, you have to - do this manually, see section + doesn't provide an automatic translation for the text hint, + you have to do this manually, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29152,6 +29419,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default There is currently a bug in \series bold @@ -29201,8 +29469,10 @@ ss \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -For more details about float placements, have a look at \SpecialChar LaTeX - books, +For more details about float placements, + have a look at \SpecialChar LaTeX + books, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" @@ -29224,8 +29494,9 @@ Alignment of Float Contents \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1526032316 -In this list of options, you can define how the contents of a float (or - all floats by default, if selected from +In this list of options, + you can define how the contents of a float (or all floats by default, + if selected from \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings @@ -29235,9 +29506,10 @@ Settings \family sans Class Default \family default - means that the alignment of the class, or the default alignment of \SpecialChar LaTeX -, is - used. + means that the alignment of the class, + or the default alignment of \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + is used. \family sans Document Default @@ -29246,7 +29518,8 @@ Document Default \family sans Float Settings \family default - dialog, not in + dialog, + not in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings @@ -29258,27 +29531,33 @@ Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Float Settings \family default . - The other three options, + The other three options, + \family sans Left \family default -, +, + \family sans Center \family default -, or +, + or \family sans Right \family default -, are self-explanatory. +, + are self-explanatory. If one of these is selected in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Float Settings \family default -, all floats of the document will have this setting by default (so it is - fairly easy, for instance, to center all floats). +, + all floats of the document will have this setting by default (so it is fairly easy, + for instance, + to center all floats). \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -29296,7 +29575,8 @@ These two options are only visible in the local \family sans Float Settings \family default - dialog, not in + dialog, + not in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings. @@ -29315,8 +29595,9 @@ Span columns \family default - is useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will span - both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. + is useful for two-column documents: + If you select it, + the float will span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -29330,10 +29611,12 @@ Rotate sideways \family default - is used to rotate floats, see section + is used to rotate floats, + see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Rotated-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29377,8 +29660,8 @@ Rotating \begin_layout Standard Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated. - To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box - and use the option + To rotate a whole float including the caption, + right-click on the float-box and use the option \family sans Rotate \begin_inset space ~ @@ -29390,8 +29673,8 @@ sideways \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Rotated floats are always placed on a page of their own (or column of their - own; in case you have a multi-column document). +Rotated floats are always placed on a page of their own (or column of their own; + in case you have a multi-column document). You can let them span several columns using the float settings option \family sans Span @@ -29402,8 +29685,8 @@ columns \family default . Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin. - To force a certain rotation direction for all pages, you can add either - the option + To force a certain rotation direction for all pages, + you can add either the option \series bold figuresleft \series default @@ -29415,8 +29698,9 @@ figuresright \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Referencing rotated floats is the same as for normal floats, the caption - format is also the same: Table +Referencing rotated floats is the same as for normal floats, + the caption format is also the same: + Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29424,6 +29708,7 @@ Referencing rotated floats is the same as for normal floats, the caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Rotated-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29438,6 +29723,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats. \end_layout @@ -29571,8 +29857,7 @@ Subfloats \begin_layout Standard Subfloats are for example used when a figure consists of several images. They are created by inserting a float into an existing float. - The placement of the subfloats can be controlled in the same way as for - paragraphs as shown in table + The placement of the subfloats can be controlled in the same way as for paragraphs as shown in table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29580,6 +29865,7 @@ Subfloats are for example used when a figure consists of several images. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Two-subtables-side" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29587,6 +29873,7 @@ reference "tab:Two-subtables-side" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Two-subtables-upon" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29594,7 +29881,8 @@ reference "tab:Two-subtables-upon" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Referencing subfloats works as for normal floats: Table +Referencing subfloats works as for normal floats: + Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29602,6 +29890,7 @@ Referencing subfloats works as for normal floats: Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:This-is-subtable-a" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29609,6 +29898,7 @@ reference "tab:This-is-subtable-a" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:This-is-subtable-b" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29620,6 +29910,7 @@ reference "tab:This-is-subtable-b" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Two-subtables-side" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29876,7 +30167,8 @@ name "tab:Two-subtables-upon" \end_inset Two subtables placed one above the other. - (a) table with 4 cells, (b) table with 5 cells. + (a) table with 4 cells, + (b) table with 5 cells. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30086,7 +30378,8 @@ Side by side \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To place floats side by side, as in Figures +To place floats side by side, + as in Figures \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -30094,6 +30387,7 @@ To place floats side by side, as in Figures \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Float-left" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30101,10 +30395,12 @@ reference "fig:Float-left" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Float-right" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, only +, + only \emph on one \emph default @@ -30122,6 +30418,7 @@ Minipages are explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30143,8 +30440,7 @@ column% and the box alignment to Bottom \family default for each minipage. - The minipage boxes contain the image and the caption in the same way as - they are in a float. + The minipage boxes contain the image and the caption in the same way as they are in a float. The only difference is that the image unit \family sans Column @@ -30287,7 +30583,8 @@ An alternative and simpler solution is to use the module \family sans Variable-width Minipages \family default -, see sec. +, + see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -30295,14 +30592,14 @@ Variable-width Minipages \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - Variable-width minipages adapt automatically to the width of the figures - and tables. - They do not require an explicit width to be given, and they improve the - horizontal alignment of the figures. + Variable-width minipages adapt automatically to the width of the figures and tables. + They do not require an explicit width to be given, + and they improve the horizontal alignment of the figures. The LyX example file \emph on varwidth-floats-side-by-side @@ -30376,7 +30673,8 @@ Floats \family default . On the \SpecialChar LyX - screen captions appear as a label, e. + screen captions appear as a label, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -30406,14 +30704,14 @@ Figure #: \end_inset is the actual reference number. - By default the label and the number are in the same font as the caption - text and a colon follows the number to divide the label from the text. + By default the label and the number are in the same font as the caption text and a colon follows the number to divide the label from the text. This caption format is suitable for many but not all documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To change the default caption format, load the \SpecialChar LaTeX +To change the default caption format, + load the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold caption @@ -30453,9 +30751,9 @@ usepackage[format definition]{caption} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To have for example the label and the number in sans-serif, bold font and - the table captions always above the table as in this document, use the - following command: +To have for example the label and the number in sans-serif, + bold font and the table captions always above the table as in this document, + use the following command: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30463,7 +30761,8 @@ To have for example the label and the number in sans-serif, bold font and \series bold \backslash -usepackage[labelfont={bf,sf}, tableposition=top]{caption} +usepackage[labelfont={bf,sf}, + tableposition=top]{caption} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30472,8 +30771,7 @@ You can also define different caption formats for the different float types. \series bold caption \series default - package without format specific options and define the different formats - with the help of the command + package without format specific options and define the different formats with the help of the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30494,6 +30792,7 @@ in the document preamble. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:This-is-an-fig" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30505,6 +30804,7 @@ reference "fig:This-is-an-fig" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:This-is-an-tab" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30526,7 +30826,9 @@ usepackage[tableposition=top]{caption} \series bold \backslash -captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={tt}, textfont=it, indention=1cm,% +captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={tt}, + textfont=it, + indention=1cm,% \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -30561,6 +30863,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default The option \series bold @@ -30725,15 +31028,18 @@ KOMA-Script \family sans article (KOMA-Script) \family default -, +, + \family sans book (KOMA-Script) \family default -, +, + \family sans letter (KOMA-Script) \family default -, or +, + or \family sans report (KOMA-Script) \family default @@ -30741,7 +31047,8 @@ report (KOMA-Script) \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -), you can alternatively to the +), + you can alternatively to the \series bold caption \series default @@ -30756,8 +31063,9 @@ KOMA-Script setkomafont \series default . - For example, to have the caption label in bold, add this command to your - document preamble: + For example, + to have the caption label in bold, + add this command to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30800,8 +31108,10 @@ status collapsed \backslash -captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={tt}, textfont=it, indention=1cm, labelsep=period -} +captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={tt}, + textfont=it, + indention=1cm, + labelsep=period} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30848,8 +31158,7 @@ name "fig:This-is-an-fig" \end_inset -This is an example figure caption that is longer than one line to show the - different caption format. +This is an example figure caption that is longer than one line to show the different caption format. Here a self-defined caption format is used. \end_layout @@ -30871,8 +31180,10 @@ status collapsed \backslash -captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={bf,sf}, textfont=rm, indention=0cm, labelsep=col -on} +captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={bf,sf}, + textfont=rm, + indention=0cm, + labelsep=colon} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30898,8 +31209,7 @@ name "tab:This-is-an-tab" \end_inset -This is an example table caption that is longer than one line to show the - different caption format. +This is an example table caption that is longer than one line to show the different caption format. Here the standard caption format for tables in this document is used. \end_layout @@ -31037,35 +31347,40 @@ The common caption placement rule is: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Figure: Caption is set below the figure +Figure: + Caption is set below the figure \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Table: Caption is set above the table +Table: + Caption is set above the table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Having the caption above the table is unfortunately not supported in \SpecialChar LaTeX -'s - standard classes. +'s standard classes. That means if you are using the document classes \family sans article \family default -, +, + \family sans book \family default -, +, + \family sans letter \family default -, or +, + or \family sans report \family default there will be no space between the caption and the table. - To insert the necessary space, load the \SpecialChar LaTeX + To insert the necessary space, + load the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold caption @@ -31106,6 +31421,7 @@ See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Caption-Formatting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -31159,15 +31475,18 @@ KOMA-Script \family sans article (KOMA-Script) \family default -, +, + \family sans book (KOMA-Script) \family default -, +, + \family sans letter (KOMA-Script) \family default -, or +, + or \family sans report (KOMA-Script) \family default @@ -31175,7 +31494,8 @@ report (KOMA-Script) \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -), you can alternatively to the +), + you can alternatively to the \series bold caption \series default @@ -31199,11 +31519,8 @@ captions=tableheading \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In documents with a KOMA-Script document class you can also right-click - on a caption and mark in the context menu if this should be a caption above - or below the table/figure. - This way you can override the document-wide caption placement for certain - captions. +In documents with a KOMA-Script document class you can also right-click on a caption and mark in the context menu if this should be a caption above or below the table/figure. + This way you can override the document-wide caption placement for certain captions. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31212,11 +31529,11 @@ In documents with a KOMA-Script document class you can also right-click \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:A-caption-marked" +nolink "false" \end_inset - is an example where the caption is marked a being below the table while - it is above. + is an example where the caption is marked a being below the table while it is above. For comparison the caption in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31225,6 +31542,7 @@ reference "tab:A-caption-marked" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:A-standard-table" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -31566,14 +31884,16 @@ usepackage[option]{sidecap} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you set no option, the caption is placed on the side of the outer page - margin – to the right on odd pages, to the left on even pages. +If you set no option, + the caption is placed on the side of the outer page margin – to the right on odd pages, + to the left on even pages. You can change the placement to inner margin with the option \series bold innercaption \series default . - To force the placement always to the right or left, use the option + To force the placement always to the right or left, + use the option \series bold rightcaption \series default @@ -31581,7 +31901,8 @@ rightcaption \series bold leftcaption \series default -, respectively. +, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31617,8 +31938,8 @@ sidecap \begin_layout Standard To place in \SpecialChar LyX - the caption of a float on the side, it is necessary to add - these commands to the document preamble: + the caption of a float on the side, + it is necessary to add these commands to the document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31922,8 +32243,7 @@ height "1pt" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The commands allow you to redefine the floats so that the caption is set - on the side. +The commands allow you to redefine the floats so that the caption is set on the side. For figure floats use the command \end_layout @@ -31951,8 +32271,7 @@ FigBesEnd \begin_layout Standard in \SpecialChar TeX - Code at the point where you want to get back to the original float definitio -n. + Code at the point where you want to get back to the original float definition. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31982,6 +32301,7 @@ Figure \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:cap-beside-fig" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -31993,6 +32313,7 @@ reference "fig:cap-beside-fig" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:cap-beside-tab" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32000,9 +32321,9 @@ reference "tab:cap-beside-tab" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can see in the examples that the caption text appears at the top of - the floats for table floats and at the bottom for figure floats. - To change this, you can use the command +You can see in the examples that the caption text appears at the top of the floats for table floats and at the bottom for figure floats. + To change this, + you can use the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -32024,7 +32345,8 @@ figure \family sans table \family default -, the placement can be +, + the placement can be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -32036,7 +32358,8 @@ t \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - for top, + for top, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -32048,7 +32371,8 @@ c \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - for center, or + for center, + or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -32061,8 +32385,8 @@ b \end_inset for bottom. - To have for example the caption of figure floats vertically centered, use - the command + To have for example the caption of figure floats vertically centered, + use the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -32082,6 +32406,7 @@ This was used for Figure \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:cap-beside-fig-2" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32097,7 +32422,8 @@ reference "fig:cap-beside-fig-2" \begin_layout Standard The default caption width is the width of the image/table. - For thin image/tables, like in Table + For thin image/tables, + like in Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32105,14 +32431,14 @@ The default caption width is the width of the image/table. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:cap-beside-tab" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, this leads to captions that are too thin. - You can increase the width by specifying a factor that will be multiplied - with the image/table width to get the caption width. - The caption width will automatically be recalculated in case it would protrude - over the page or column margin due to the specified width. +, + this leads to captions that are too thin. + You can increase the width by specifying a factor that will be multiplied with the image/table width to get the caption width. + The caption width will automatically be recalculated in case it would protrude over the page or column margin due to the specified width. The \emph on factor @@ -32146,7 +32472,8 @@ FigBesBeg 1.0 \series default with another value. - If you do the latter, your factor will be the default if + If you do the latter, + your factor will be the default if \series bold \backslash @@ -32161,6 +32488,7 @@ FigBesBeg \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:cap-beside-tab-wider" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32175,9 +32503,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - For floats with captions set beside, you cannot use the float placement - option + For floats with captions set beside, + you cannot use the float placement option \family sans Here \begin_inset space ~ @@ -32224,6 +32553,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default The \SpecialChar LaTeX -package @@ -32253,7 +32583,8 @@ hypcap \end_inset -, described in section +, + described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32261,10 +32592,12 @@ hypcap \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Reference-Position" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, has no effect on floats with the caption set beside. +, + has no effect on floats with the caption set beside. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -32739,6 +33072,7 @@ This caption is wider than the one in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:cap-beside-tab" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33058,9 +33392,9 @@ Float Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Similar to the table of contents where the sections of the document are - listed, there are listings for all float types, like the figures of the - documents. +Similar to the table of contents where the sections of the document are listed, + there are listings for all float types, + like the figures of the documents. You can insert them via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -33078,7 +33412,8 @@ TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The list entries are the float captions or its short title, the float number, +The list entries are the float captions or its short title, + the float number, and the page number where they appear in the document. \end_layout @@ -33305,9 +33640,9 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The greyed out note is here redefined to show it with the original \SpecialChar LyX - definition - because greyed out notes are redefined in the preamble of this document, - as described below, to have blue text. + definition because greyed out notes are redefined in the preamble of this document, + as described below, + to have blue text. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -33320,8 +33655,8 @@ The greyed out note is here redefined to show it with the original \SpecialChar \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit - indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes. +As you can see in the example, + the first line of greyed out notes is a bit indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33334,7 +33669,8 @@ type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset - to insert notes, a + to insert notes, + a \family sans \SpecialChar LyX @@ -33349,8 +33685,8 @@ Note \family roman \series medium \bar no -If you want to turn existing text into a note, mark it and click on the - note +If you want to turn existing text into a note, + mark it and click on the note \family default \series default \bar default @@ -33363,9 +33699,10 @@ button \series default \bar default . - To change a note to text, press the backspace key when the cursor is in - the first position of a note, or press the delete key when the cursor is - in the very last position of the note, respectively. + To change a note to text, + press the backspace key when the cursor is in the first position of a note, + or press the delete key when the cursor is in the very last position of the note, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33439,7 +33776,8 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnote \family default . - You will then see the following footnote-box: + You will then see the following footnote-box: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/footnote.png scale 95 @@ -33452,8 +33790,8 @@ Footnote \series medium \bar no where you can enter the footnote text. - If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, mark it and click on - the footnote + If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, + mark it and click on the footnote \family default \series default \bar default @@ -33474,7 +33812,8 @@ footnote \family default \series default \bar default - to text, press the + to text, + press the \family sans Backspace \family default @@ -33486,7 +33825,8 @@ footnote \family default \series default \bar default -, or press the +, + or press the \family sans Delete \family default @@ -33498,7 +33838,8 @@ footnote \family default \series default \bar default -, respectively. +, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33552,18 +33893,17 @@ thefootnote} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text - position where the footnote box is placed. +The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed. The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX -; the numbers are consecutive. - Whether the footnote number is reset for every chapter depends on your - document class. +; + the numbers are consecutive. + Whether the footnote number is reset for every chapter depends on your document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Footnotes can be referenced like floats: Insert a label into the footnote - and cross-reference this label in the text as described in section +Footnotes can be referenced like floats: + Insert a label into the footnote and cross-reference this label in the text as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33571,6 +33911,7 @@ Footnotes can be referenced like floats: Insert a label into the footnote \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33586,6 +33927,7 @@ This is a cross-reference of Footnote \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "foot:This-is-an" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33596,8 +33938,7 @@ reference "foot:This-is-an" \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset -Footnotes in title environments are usually not numbered with symbols and - they cannot contain several paragraphs. +Footnotes in title environments are usually not numbered with symbols and they cannot contain several paragraphs. See for example the footnote in the titling of this document. \end_layout @@ -33610,6 +33951,7 @@ Footnotes in multi-page tables are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Footnotes-in-Multi-page" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33624,9 +33966,10 @@ reference "subsec:Footnotes-in-Multi-page" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Footnotes in minipage boxes are printed, but inside the box and with a different - numbering because a minipage box is like a page inside a page. - (For more about minipages, see section +Footnotes in minipage boxes are printed, + but inside the box and with a different numbering because a minipage box is like a page inside a page. + (For more about minipages, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33634,12 +33977,12 @@ Footnotes in minipage boxes are printed, but inside the box and with a different \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset -.) To get a footnote in the minipage that is output at the bottom of the - page like normal footnotes use this method: Instead of the footnote the - command +.) To get a footnote in the minipage that is output at the bottom of the page like normal footnotes use this method: + Instead of the footnote the command \series bold \backslash @@ -33648,8 +33991,7 @@ footnotemark{} is inserted as \SpecialChar TeX code. The text of the footnote is entered as an argument of the \SpecialChar TeX - code command - + code command \series bold \backslash @@ -33764,8 +34106,8 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To refer to the same footnote several times without printing the footnote - text every time, use the command +To refer to the same footnote several times without printing the footnote text every time, + use the command \series bold \backslash @@ -33776,10 +34118,10 @@ footnotemark[number] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -As you do not know the number of the repeating footnote while you are writing - the text, you have to store its number. - For the following footnote mark example, these commands were inserted in - \SpecialChar TeX +As you do not know the number of the repeating footnote while you are writing the text, + you have to store its number. + For the following footnote mark example, + these commands were inserted in \SpecialChar TeX code after Footnote \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33788,6 +34130,7 @@ As you do not know the number of the repeating footnote while you are writing \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "foot:This-is-an" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33848,8 +34191,8 @@ theMyRepeatFoot] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to repeat the previous footnote, you can omit the storage of - the footnote number and just use this command instead: +If you want to repeat the previous footnote, + you can omit the storage of the footnote number and just use this command instead: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33921,7 +34264,8 @@ Numbering \begin_layout Standard To reset the footnote number back to 1 after each section \family roman -, add this command to your document preamble: +, + add this command to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33936,8 +34280,7 @@ To reset the footnote number back to 1 after each section \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -The following preamble command changes the footnote numbering style to small - roman numerals: +The following preamble command changes the footnote numbering style to small roman numerals: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33983,8 +34326,7 @@ This is an example footnote with roman numbering. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To change the numbering style to capital roman numerals replace in the command - above +To change the numbering style to capital roman numerals replace in the command above \series bold \backslash @@ -34017,7 +34359,8 @@ Alph \backslash alph \series default -, respectively. +, + respectively. To \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -34043,9 +34386,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - You can only number 26 footnotes with Latin letters, because this numbering - is limited to single letters. + You can only number 26 footnotes with Latin letters, + because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -34062,6 +34406,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default You can only number 9 footnotes with symbols. \end_layout @@ -34072,8 +34417,8 @@ Note: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To return to the default numbering style after you have changed to another - one, use +To return to the default numbering style after you have changed to another one, + use \series bold \backslash @@ -34121,7 +34466,8 @@ chapter.footnote \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, add the following command to your document preamble: +, + add the following command to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -34139,7 +34485,8 @@ To be able to use the command \backslash numberwithin \series default -, set in the tab +, + set in the tab \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -34229,6 +34576,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default \series bold @@ -34236,8 +34584,8 @@ Note: \backslash numberwithin \series default - always prints out the footnote number as arabic number; previous redefinitions - to get non-arabic numbers are overwritten. + always prints out the footnote number as arabic number; + previous redefinitions to get non-arabic numbers are overwritten. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -34256,7 +34604,8 @@ Roman{footnote} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, use this command instead of +, + use this command instead of \series bold \backslash @@ -34306,8 +34655,8 @@ Placement \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you have several footnotes in one page, they appear without vertical - space between them at the bottom of the page. +If you have several footnotes in one page, + they appear without vertical space between them at the bottom of the page. To make them more readable you can e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -34360,6 +34709,7 @@ In a two-column document the footnotes appear at the bottom of every column, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Standard-footnote-placement" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -34373,10 +34723,12 @@ reference "fig:Standard-footnote-placement" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Footnote-placement-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, use the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + use the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold ftnright @@ -34560,8 +34912,8 @@ ftnright \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -In some scientific literature it is usual to collect the footnotes and print - them in a separate paragraph at the end of a section, as in Figure +In some scientific literature it is usual to collect the footnotes and print them in a separate paragraph at the end of a section, + as in Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34569,6 +34921,7 @@ In some scientific literature it is usual to collect the footnotes and print \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Endnotes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -34593,8 +34946,8 @@ Endnotes \end_inset - To use endnotes instead of footnotes in your document, load in the menu - + To use endnotes instead of footnotes in your document, + load in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -34613,7 +34966,8 @@ to End \family default . - To insert the collected footnotes, insert the command + To insert the collected footnotes, + insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -34684,8 +35038,7 @@ name "fig:Endnotes" \end_inset -Endnotes – footnotes are printed in a separate paragraph at the end of sections - or chapters. +Endnotes – footnotes are printed in a separate paragraph at the end of sections or chapters. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -34702,8 +35055,8 @@ Endnotes – footnotes are printed in a separate paragraph at the end of section \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset -The paragraph heading for the endnotes isn't automatically translated into - the document language, this must be done manually. +The paragraph heading for the endnotes isn't automatically translated into the document language, + this must be done manually. The following preamble command translates the default English \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -34737,8 +35090,7 @@ notesname}{Anmerkungen} \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset -The numbering of endnotes can be changed like the footnote numbering as - described in section +The numbering of endnotes can be changed like the footnote numbering as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34746,10 +35098,12 @@ The numbering of endnotes can be changed like the footnote numbering as \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Footnote-Numbering" +nolink "false" \end_inset -; just replace the command +; + just replace the command \series bold \backslash @@ -34776,6 +35130,7 @@ theendnote \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Footnote-Numbering" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -34803,7 +35158,8 @@ endnotemark[number] \backslash footnotemark \series default -, that is described in section +, + that is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34811,6 +35167,7 @@ footnotemark \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Footnotes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -34821,8 +35178,8 @@ reference "sec:Footnotes" \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -Footnotes can also be placed in the page margin and the footnote text alignment - can be changed, see the \SpecialChar LaTeX +Footnotes can also be placed in the page margin and the footnote text alignment can be changed, + see the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold footmisc @@ -34850,7 +35207,8 @@ footmisc \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "footmisc" @@ -34863,7 +35221,8 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Standard For various further footnote formatting issues have a look at \SpecialChar LaTeX --books, +-books, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" @@ -34899,8 +35258,9 @@ KOMA-Script \end_inset - document class, you can adjust all footnote settings using class-specific - commands, see + document class, + you can adjust all footnote settings using class-specific commands, + see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "KOMA-Script" @@ -34996,19 +35356,18 @@ This is a margin note. \begin_layout Standard Margin notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. - In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even - pages, right on odd pages. - The text of margin notes is aligned opposite to the outer margin – right-aligne -d when the note appears in the left margin. - The first line of the margin note is placed at the position of the text - line where it is inserted in the document. + In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages, + right on odd pages. + The text of margin notes is aligned opposite to the outer margin – right-aligned when the note appears in the left margin. + The first line of the margin note is placed at the position of the text line where it is inserted in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -To place the margin note in the inner margin, add the command +To place the margin note in the inner margin, + add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -35062,9 +35421,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - There is often not enough space in the inner margin so that the notes are - not correctly displayed in the output. + There is often not enough space in the inner margin so that the notes are not correctly displayed in the output. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -35107,9 +35466,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - The command is ignored when it is within a paragraph where also the command - + The command is ignored when it is within a paragraph where also the command \series bold \backslash @@ -35151,12 +35510,14 @@ AVeryLongMarginParWord that isn't hyphenated. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, long words cannot be hyphenated when they are the first word in a margin - note. - To avoid this, insert 0 +, + long words cannot be hyphenated when they are the first word in a margin note. + To avoid this, + insert 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -35196,8 +35557,11 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Margin notes can normally not be used inside tables, floats, and footnotes. + Margin notes can normally not be used inside tables, + floats, + and footnotes. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -35273,8 +35637,8 @@ marginnote \end_inset . - By adding these two lines to your document preamble, the command used by - \SpecialChar LyX + By adding these two lines to your document preamble, + the command used by \SpecialChar LyX for margin notes is redefined to use the command provided by the \series bold marginnote @@ -35305,9 +35669,9 @@ This is also used in this document because \series bold marginnote \series default - has another useful feature: You can set a vertical offset for the note. - This is often needed when too many margin notes are too close together - or for a better page layout. + has another useful feature: + You can set a vertical offset for the note. + This is often needed when too many margin notes are too close together or for a better page layout. The offset is set in \SpecialChar LyX as \SpecialChar TeX Code directly after the margin note in the scheme @@ -35328,11 +35692,13 @@ where the offset is a length with one of the units listed in Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - A negative value shifts the note up, a positive value shifts it down. + A negative value shifts the note up, + a positive value shifts it down. \family roman \series medium @@ -35553,7 +35919,8 @@ literal "true" You can adjust the layout of margin notes by changing its definition. To create for example a header for all margin notes with the underlined, - sans-serif, and bold header text + sans-serif, + and bold header text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35569,7 +35936,8 @@ Attention! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, add this to your document preamble: +, + add this to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -35847,7 +36215,8 @@ Introduction \begin_layout Standard Boxes are used to format a block of text. - Boxes can be used to write documents with multiple languages, see section + Boxes can be used to write documents with multiple languages, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35855,10 +36224,13 @@ Boxes are used to format a block of text. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, to frame texts, see section +, + to frame texts, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35866,10 +36238,13 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Decoration" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, to prevent words from being hyphenated, see section +, + to prevent words from being hyphenated, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35877,10 +36252,13 @@ reference "sec:Decoration" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Prevent-Hyphenation" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, to align text, see section +, + to align text, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35888,10 +36266,13 @@ reference "sec:Prevent-Hyphenation" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Vertical-Alignment" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, or to set the background color of texts, see section +, + or to set the background color of texts, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35899,6 +36280,7 @@ reference "subsec:Vertical-Alignment" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Boxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -35922,7 +36304,8 @@ arg "box-insert Frameless" \family sans Box (Minipage) \family default -: +: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/BoxInsetDefault.png scale 95 @@ -35931,8 +36314,7 @@ Box (Minipage) \end_inset will be inserted. - The box type can be specified by right-clicking on the box and selecting - + The box type can be specified by right-clicking on the box and selecting \family sans Settings \family default @@ -35949,7 +36331,8 @@ Box \family sans Makebox \family default -, +, + \family sans Parbox \family default @@ -35970,10 +36353,12 @@ Minipage \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" +nolink "false" \end_inset -; the type +; + the type \family sans Parbox \family default @@ -35985,6 +36370,7 @@ Parbox \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Parboxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -35996,6 +36382,7 @@ Makebox \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Prevent-Hyphenation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -36003,8 +36390,7 @@ reference "sec:Prevent-Hyphenation" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Boxes are not numbered and can therefore not be referenced like floats or - footnotes. +Boxes are not numbered and can therefore not be referenced like floats or footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -36015,6 +36401,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Boxes must not be the item in an \family sans @@ -36040,6 +36427,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default For an unknown reason you can only set the \family sans @@ -36070,6 +36458,7 @@ Box \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Prevent-Hyphenation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -36158,6 +36547,7 @@ Height \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -36246,7 +36636,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -times the text height: +times the text height: + \begin_inset Box Boxed position "c" hor_pos "c" @@ -36292,7 +36683,8 @@ Height This is the Height \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Depth: +Depth: + \begin_inset Box Boxed position "c" hor_pos "c" @@ -36330,7 +36722,8 @@ Height \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Width This sets the width of the box as height: +Width This sets the width of the box as height: + \begin_inset Box Boxed position "c" hor_pos "c" @@ -36398,7 +36791,8 @@ Inner Box \family default -, the vertical box alignment can be: +, + the vertical box alignment can be: \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -36502,9 +36896,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - The vertical box alignment can be lost in the output when you have two - boxes in a line and one has e. + The vertical box alignment can be lost in the output when you have two boxes in a line and one has e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -36522,8 +36916,7 @@ a shadow and the other one not. \begin_layout Standard The horizontal box alignment can be set via \SpecialChar LyX -'s paragraph dialog when you - set the box into its own paragraph. +'s paragraph dialog when you set the box into its own paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -36538,7 +36931,8 @@ Inner Box \family default -, the box content can be aligned vertically to: +, + the box content can be aligned vertically to: \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -36676,7 +37070,8 @@ stretched. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To stretch the box content, it must consist of more than one paragraph. +To stretch the box content, + it must consist of more than one paragraph. In the example above every text line is in an own paragraph. \end_layout @@ -36685,8 +37080,7 @@ To stretch the box content, it must consist of more than one paragraph. \end_inset To align the box content horizontally you can use \SpecialChar LyX -'s paragraph dialog when - you have chosen an +'s paragraph dialog when you have chosen an \family sans Inner \begin_inset space ~ @@ -36746,7 +37140,8 @@ Inner Box \family default -, you can align the box content horizontally in the box dialog. +, + you can align the box content horizontally in the box dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -36812,8 +37207,7 @@ Decoration \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The type of the box can be specified in the box dialog in the drop-down - list +The type of the box can be specified in the box dialog in the drop-down list \family sans Decoration \family default @@ -36905,7 +37299,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center -Oval box, thin +Oval box, + thin \end_layout \end_inset @@ -36949,7 +37344,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center -Oval box, thick +Oval box, + thick \end_layout \end_inset @@ -37012,6 +37408,7 @@ see sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Boxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -37020,7 +37417,8 @@ reference "sec:Colored-Boxes" \end_inset -, it always uses the whole column width and the box is set as its own paragraph. +, + it always uses the whole column width and the box is set as its own paragraph. \begin_inset Box Shaded position "t" @@ -37067,7 +37465,8 @@ line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -thickness, the thickness of the outer frame is 1.5 +thickness, + the thickness of the outer frame is 1.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -37132,7 +37531,8 @@ Double rectangular box \SpecialChar LyX 's box label will reflect the different frame types. - To be able to use all types, the \SpecialChar LaTeX + To be able to use all types, + the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold fancybox @@ -37171,9 +37571,12 @@ When you use the decoration \family sans simple rectangular frame \family default - and no inner box, you can allow page breaks within a box. - Note that then, unlike other framed boxes, the frame always uses the whole - column width and the box is set as its own paragraph: + and no inner box, + you can allow page breaks within a box. + Note that then, + unlike other framed boxes, + the frame always uses the whole column width and the box is set as its own paragraph: + \begin_inset Box Framed position "t" hor_pos "c" @@ -37228,8 +37631,7 @@ Customization \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The diameter of the round corners of the oval boxes can be set with the - command +The diameter of the round corners of the oval boxes can be set with the command \series bold \backslash @@ -37404,6 +37806,7 @@ definecolor \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -37423,7 +37826,8 @@ definecolor \series bold color \series default - in the preamble, see section + in the preamble, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -37431,6 +37835,7 @@ color \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Boxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -37439,8 +37844,7 @@ reference "sec:Colored-Boxes" \end_inset - For example the appearance of the following shaded background box is set - with the \SpecialChar TeX + For example the appearance of the following shaded background box is set with the \SpecialChar TeX Code command \end_layout @@ -37522,8 +37926,7 @@ definecolor{shadecolor}{rgb}{1,0,0} \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -Manually changed sizes and colors are valid for all boxes following the - commands that change them. +Manually changed sizes and colors are valid for all boxes following the commands that change them. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -37561,8 +37964,7 @@ Minipages \begin_layout Standard Minipages are treated by \SpecialChar LaTeX - as pages within pages and can therefore for example - have their own footnotes. + as pages within pages and can therefore for example have their own footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -37575,8 +37977,8 @@ Below are two example minipages side by side. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -col% and they are separated by a horizontal fill, that was inserted via - the menu +col% and they are separated by a horizontal fill, + that was inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special @@ -37712,8 +38114,7 @@ This is an English footnote. \end_inset The document-wide paragraph settings are ignored within minipages. - That means that there will be no space between paragraphs in minipages - although you set it to e. + That means that there will be no space between paragraphs in minipages although you set it to e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -37729,8 +38130,8 @@ MedSkip \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Minipages can also be used to set a background color for text parts, see - section +Minipages can also be used to set a background color for text parts, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -37738,6 +38139,7 @@ Minipages can also be used to set a background color for text parts, see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Boxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -37752,9 +38154,11 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - You cannot have floats or margin notes inside minipages but minipages can - be used inside tables, floats, and other boxes. + You cannot have floats or margin notes inside minipages but minipages can be used inside tables, + floats, + and other boxes. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -37771,8 +38175,8 @@ Note: \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - has also basic support for minipages whose size is automatically determined - by the width of their contents, via the module + has also basic support for minipages whose size is automatically determined by the width of their contents, + via the module \family sans Variable-width Minipages \family default @@ -37782,8 +38186,7 @@ Variable-width Minipages \emph on varwidth-floats-side-by-side \emph default - gives examples of variable-width minipages used for placing two floats - side-by-side. + gives examples of variable-width minipages used for placing two floats side-by-side. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -37820,8 +38223,7 @@ Parboxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Parboxes are very similar to minipages with the difference that they cannot - have footnotes. +Parboxes are very similar to minipages with the difference that they cannot have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -37960,7 +38362,9 @@ veryverylongword \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, put the word into a box, set the +, + put the word into a box, + set the \family sans Inner \begin_inset space ~ @@ -38061,7 +38465,8 @@ veryverylongword \begin_layout Standard Of course the word now protrudes over the side margin. - To avoid this, add via the menu + To avoid this, + add via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -38186,8 +38591,8 @@ With the help of the command \backslash raisebox \series default - you can align words, characters or other boxes vertically relative to the - surrounding text. + you can align words, + characters or other boxes vertically relative to the surrounding text. \series bold @@ -38206,8 +38611,7 @@ raisebox{lift}[height][depth]{box content} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The lift can be a positive value to raise the box or a negative value to - lower the box. +The lift can be a positive value to raise the box or a negative value to lower the box. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -38235,7 +38639,8 @@ p \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is at the baseline, insert the command + is at the baseline, + insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -38313,8 +38718,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -When you raise or lower characters in a line, the line distance will be - spread: +When you raise or lower characters in a line, + the line distance will be spread: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -38392,8 +38797,8 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to prevent this for a certain reason, set the box height to - a zero value. +If you want to prevent this for a certain reason, + set the box height to a zero value. For example use \end_layout @@ -38519,9 +38924,9 @@ Color \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To color the background of a box just select the color you like in the box - dialog. - This is for example a box with orange background: +To color the background of a box just select the color you like in the box dialog. + This is for example a box with orange background: + \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" @@ -38563,9 +38968,9 @@ rectangular frame \family default you can set a frame color. - In this case you must also specify a background color (LyX sets white as - default). - Here is an example: + In this case you must also specify a background color (LyX sets white as default). + Here is an example: + \begin_inset Box Boxed position "t" hor_pos "c" @@ -38623,7 +39028,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \color yellow -This is colored text within a colored, framed box +This is colored text within a colored, + framed box \end_layout \end_inset @@ -38639,8 +39045,8 @@ This is colored text within a colored, framed box \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you need another color than the predefined ones, you can define your - own color as described in section +If you need another color than the predefined ones, + you can define your own color as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38648,6 +39054,7 @@ If you need another color than the predefined ones, you can define your \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Colored-Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -38675,8 +39082,7 @@ colorbox{color}{box content} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The box content can also be a box and colored boxes can also be within other - boxes. +The box content can also be a box and colored boxes can also be within other boxes. To have e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -38685,7 +39091,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -a darkgreen background for a word, insert the command +a darkgreen background for a word, + insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -38756,7 +39163,8 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Framed, colored boxes are created with the command +Framed, + colored boxes are created with the command \series bold \backslash @@ -38779,7 +39187,8 @@ Rotated and Scaled Boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To use the boxes described in this section, the module +To use the boxes described in this section, + the module \family sans GraphicBoxes \family default @@ -38794,6 +39203,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all DVI viewers are able to display rotated or scaled material. \end_layout @@ -38811,6 +39221,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Floats are not allowed inside a rotated or scaled box. \end_layout @@ -38859,7 +39270,8 @@ Rotated Material \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To rotate material, you can put it into a +To rotate material, + you can put it into a \family sans Rotatebox \family default @@ -38888,39 +39300,45 @@ Origin origin=position \series default . - The following positions are possible: + The following positions are possible: + \emph on c \emph default - (center), + (center), + \emph on l \emph default - (left), + (left), + \emph on r \emph default - (right), + (right), + \emph on b \emph default - (bottom), + (bottom), + \emph on t \emph default - (top), along with meaningful combinations of the four base positions. + (top), + along with meaningful combinations of the four base positions. For example \emph on lt \emph default means that the rotation origin is at the top left corner of the box. - When no rotation origin is specified, the position + When no rotation origin is specified, + the position \emph on l \emph default will be used. - The rotation angle is a number that can be negative that specifies the - angle in degrees. + The rotation angle is a number that can be negative that specifies the angle in degrees. The rotation direction is counterclockwise. \end_layout @@ -39238,13 +39656,13 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default If the \family sans Angle \family default inset is empty or contains other characters than numbers you will get \SpecialChar LaTeX - errors when viewing/exporting the document. \end_layout @@ -39325,17 +39743,19 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator V-Factor) \family default . - Input there the horizontal and vertical scale factor, respectively. + Input there the horizontal and vertical scale factor, + respectively. If no \family sans V-Factor \family default - inset is used, the horizontal factor will also be used as the vertical - one. + inset is used, + the horizontal factor will also be used as the vertical one. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get for example the double text size, compared to the document text size, +To get for example the double text size, + compared to the document text size, insert \series bold 2 @@ -39345,7 +39765,8 @@ To get for example the double text size, compared to the document text size, H-Factor \family default inset. - An example: + An example: + \begin_inset Flex Scalebox status open @@ -39417,7 +39838,8 @@ Hello \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If the scaling factor is negative, the box content will be mirrored. +If the scaling factor is negative, + the box content will be mirrored. Therefore \series bold -1 @@ -39434,7 +39856,8 @@ H-Factor \family sans V-Factor \family default - can be used to create mirror writing: + can be used to create mirror writing: + \begin_inset Flex Scalebox status open @@ -39557,13 +39980,13 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default If the \family sans H-Factor \family default - inset is empty or contains other characters than numbers you will get LaTeX - errors when viewing/exporting the document. + inset is empty or contains other characters than numbers you will get LaTeX errors when viewing/exporting the document. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -39604,11 +40027,14 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Height) \family default . - Input there the width and height, respectively, as value with a unit. + Input there the width and height, + respectively, + as value with a unit. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39616,9 +40042,10 @@ reference "tab:Units" If there is an exclamation mark \series bold ! + \series default - in one of the two insets, the size is set so that the aspect ratio of the - box content is kept. + in one of the two insets, + the size is set so that the aspect ratio of the box content is kept. If no \family sans Height @@ -39643,7 +40070,8 @@ Width \family sans Height \family default - produces: + produces: + \begin_inset Flex Resizebox status open @@ -39687,6 +40115,7 @@ Width and \series bold ! + \series default as \family sans @@ -39696,7 +40125,8 @@ Height \family sans Height \family default -) produces: +) produces: + \begin_inset Flex Resizebox status open @@ -39736,13 +40166,13 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default If the \family sans Width \family default - inset is empty or contains an invalid unit you will get LaTeX errors when - viewing/exporting the document. + inset is empty or contains an invalid unit you will get LaTeX errors when viewing/exporting the document. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -39839,7 +40269,9 @@ Hello \begin_layout Standard \noindent -Images, tables, and inline formulas are allowed as box content: +Images, + tables, + and inline formulas are allowed as box content: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -40060,7 +40492,8 @@ fleqn \end_inset -, display style formulas can also be scaled. +, + display style formulas can also be scaled. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -40180,8 +40613,7 @@ wrapped figure \end_inset - This float type is used if you want to wrap text around a figure or table - so that it only occupies some fraction of the column width. + This float type is used if you want to wrap text around a figure or table so that it only occupies some fraction of the column width. It can be inserted using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -40276,8 +40708,7 @@ Configuration \end_inset - The settings of the float can be modified by right-clicking on the float - box. + The settings of the float can be modified by right-clicking on the float box. The mandatory settings are the float \family sans Placement @@ -40299,7 +40730,8 @@ Overhang \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -page margin, and the +page margin, + and the \family sans Line \begin_inset space ~ @@ -40308,11 +40740,10 @@ Line span \family default that specifies how many text lines the float will approximately need. - The line span is often hard to approximate; so it is better only to use - it when you encounter float placement problems. + The line span is often hard to approximate; + so it is better only to use it when you encounter float placement problems. You can furthermore decide if \SpecialChar LaTeX - is allowed to let the float float within - the paragraph or to surrounding paragraphs. + is allowed to let the float float within the paragraph or to surrounding paragraphs. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40321,6 +40752,7 @@ span \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:This-is-a" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40328,11 +40760,13 @@ reference "fig:This-is-a" \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -col%, 1 +col%, + 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -cm overhang, set to the left. +cm overhang, + set to the left. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -40343,12 +40777,14 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -wrap float floats are fragile! E. +wrap float floats are fragile! + E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -40356,9 +40792,7 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in - such a way that the float does not appear in the output or that it is placed - over some other text. +having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in such a way that the float does not appear in the output or that it is placed over some other text. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -40367,24 +40801,22 @@ having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In general, the following applies for wrap floats: +In general, + the following applies for wrap floats: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize They should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break. - That means that wrap floats are better inserted in their exact place when - the document is almost finished and you are able to estimate where page - breaks will appear. + That means that wrap floats are better inserted in their exact place when the document is almost finished and you are able to estimate where page breaks will appear. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -They should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph - where they should wrap into or within a paragraph. +They should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph where they should wrap into or within a paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -In consecutive paragraphs they may cause troubles, so ensure that there - is a text paragraph between them as separator. +In consecutive paragraphs they may cause troubles, + so ensure that there is a text paragraph between them as separator. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -40400,6 +40832,7 @@ Their numbering and referencing works as described in chap. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40441,6 +40874,7 @@ The wrap floats described in sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Wrap-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40563,8 +40997,8 @@ text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get an object exactly at the position where it is inserted, for example - to get one of these positions: +To get an object exactly at the position where it is inserted, + for example to get one of these positions: \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset @@ -41198,9 +41632,9 @@ status collapsed \size small -It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and - the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald - Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. +It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, + and the fashionable world dismayed, + by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which \size default @@ -41218,11 +41652,12 @@ footnotemark{} \size small - came out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon - that occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly - strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. - Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those - missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. + came out in the police investigation, + but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, + since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + Only now, + at the end of nearly ten years, + am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. \size default \begin_inset ERT @@ -41268,9 +41703,8 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Surrounded fixed objects are used to let text float around them, at which - the object's position in the paragraph can be determined by the number - of lines above it. +Surrounded fixed objects are used to let text float around them, + at which the object's position in the paragraph can be determined by the number of lines above it. In contrary to floats is it not possible to have a numbered caption. \end_layout @@ -41289,16 +41723,24 @@ begin{window}[2,c,{ \begin_layout Standard as \SpecialChar TeX Code at the beginning of the paragraph. - The first parameter in the bracket, here '2', defines the number of lines - above the object, the second, here 'c', the position of the object. - The positions 'l', 'c' and 'r' (for left, center, right) are possible. + The first parameter in the bracket, + here '2', + defines the number of lines above the object, + the second, + here 'c', + the position of the object. + The positions 'l', + 'c' and 'r' (for left, + center, + right) are possible. Behind the command you insert the object. In this example an image with a width of 40 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the text column width was inserted. - The object can also be a table, a box or an equation. + The object can also be a table, + a box or an equation. Behind the object the command \end_layout @@ -41346,8 +41788,8 @@ end{window} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Within a paragraph with a fixed object, you cannot insert footnotes in the - normal way. +Within a paragraph with a fixed object, + you cannot insert footnotes in the normal way. You have to use instead the command \series bold @@ -41368,6 +41810,7 @@ footnotetext \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Footnotes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41469,7 +41912,8 @@ Initials \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To use initials, you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX +To use initials, + you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold lettrine @@ -41508,7 +41952,8 @@ Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules \family default ). - To insert an initial, use the style + To insert an initial, + use the style \family sans Initial \family default @@ -41523,7 +41968,8 @@ Insert \family sans Initial \family default - contains the letter(s) that is the initial, the argument + contains the letter(s) that is the initial, + the argument \family sans Rest \begin_inset space ~ @@ -41541,12 +41987,12 @@ Initial Options \family default contains parameters to modify the initial. - For more information about the possible parameters see the documentation - of + For more information about the possible parameters see the documentation of \series bold lettrine \series default -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "lettrine" @@ -41600,7 +42046,8 @@ lettrine \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -No optional argument, the initial is the letter 'I' in the math font +No optional argument, + the initial is the letter 'I' in the math font \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ \end_inset @@ -41631,13 +42078,12 @@ t \end_inset - was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and - the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald - Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. - The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came - out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that - occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong - that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, + and the fashionable world dismayed, + by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. + The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation, + but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, + since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset @@ -41646,8 +42092,8 @@ t \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -Only one line is surrounding the initial, which is formed by two letters - in standard font and no text is printed in small caps: +Only one line is surrounding the initial, + which is formed by two letters in standard font and no text is printed in small caps: \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -41671,18 +42117,18 @@ It \end_inset - was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and - the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald - Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. - The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came - out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that - occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong - that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, + and the fashionable world dismayed, + by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. + The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation, + but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, + since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -Magenta, hanging initial over 3 +Magenta, + hanging initial over 3 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41690,7 +42136,8 @@ lines in the math font \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ \end_inset -, the text +, + the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41702,7 +42149,9 @@ t was in the spring \shape smallcaps small caps \shape default -; to color the initial, you must insert this command before the initial: +; + to color the initial, + you must insert this command before the initial: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -41732,7 +42181,8 @@ red \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41740,7 +42190,8 @@ blue \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41748,7 +42199,8 @@ green \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41756,7 +42208,8 @@ yellow \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41764,7 +42217,8 @@ cyan \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41772,7 +42226,8 @@ magenta \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -41788,7 +42243,8 @@ white \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and add this command to the document preamble: +, + and add this command to the document preamble: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -41845,7 +42301,9 @@ makes the initial magenta status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -lines=3, lhang=0.33, loversize=0.25 +lines=3, + lhang=0.33, + loversize=0.25 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -41873,13 +42331,12 @@ t was in the spring \end_inset - of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world - dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual - and inexplicable circumstances. - The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came - out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that - occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong - that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + of the year 1894 that all London was interested, + and the fashionable world dismayed, + by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. + The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation, + but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, + since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -41971,7 +42428,8 @@ LyX \end_inset Document Another \SpecialChar LyX - document; its content is directly inserted to your document. + document; + its content is directly inserted to your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -41979,8 +42437,8 @@ Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Text A text document; each line is inserted in your document as a separate - paragraph. +Text A text document; + each line is inserted in your document as a separate paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -41996,8 +42454,8 @@ Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Lines A text document; text lines are inserted in your document continuously - but an empty text line creates a new paragraph. +Lines A text document; + text lines are inserted in your document continuously but an empty text line creates a new paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -42045,13 +42503,10 @@ External Material \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The external material feature allows you to insert files into your document - without converting them to a format that can be read by the document output - format. +The external material feature allows you to insert files into your document without converting them to a format that can be read by the document output format. \SpecialChar LyX takes care of the necessary conversions. - This is similar to images that can be inserted in various image formats - in \SpecialChar LyX + This is similar to images that can be inserted in various image formats in \SpecialChar LyX documents. When you have enabled Instant Preview in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences under @@ -42067,7 +42522,8 @@ and feel\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \family default -, the external material types Dia and Xfig are directly shown in \SpecialChar LyX +, + the external material types Dia and Xfig are directly shown in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -42099,8 +42555,7 @@ Chess \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -diagram This template supports chess position diagrams made with the program - +diagram This template supports chess position diagrams made with the program \series bold \begin_inset CommandInset href @@ -42142,9 +42597,8 @@ Inkscape \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -figure This template supports specific scalable images derived from scalable - vector graphics (SVG), in which the contained text is replaced by a version - typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX +figure This template supports specific scalable images derived from scalable vector graphics (SVG), + in which the contained text is replaced by a version typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX (and hence in the current document font). It relies on a feature of the program \series bold @@ -42160,23 +42614,21 @@ literal "false" \series default which creates a special PDF or EPS and \SpecialChar LaTeX - file from a given SVG file (in - + file from a given SVG file (in \noun on Inkscape \noun default - itself, the feature is available via the option + itself, + the feature is available via the option \family sans Omit text in PDF and create LaTeX file \family default when saving a drawing as PDF or EPS). - The benefit of such files is a uniform text style throughout the whole - document. + The benefit of such files is a uniform text style throughout the whole document. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -The external template reads SVG files and uses a converter program to generate - the respective PDF\SpecialChar breakableslash +The external template reads SVG files and uses a converter program to generate the respective PDF\SpecialChar breakableslash EPS and \SpecialChar LaTeX files (via \noun on @@ -42186,7 +42638,8 @@ Inkscape \noun on ) \noun default - on the fly, so you don't have to export those files yourself. + on the fly, + so you don't have to export those files yourself. If you prefer the latter and want use given \family typewriter *.pdf @@ -42203,7 +42656,8 @@ Inkscape \family typewriter *.eps_tex \family default - files instead, simply input the respective + files instead, + simply input the respective \family typewriter *.pdf_tex \family default @@ -42223,6 +42677,7 @@ Child Documents \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Child-Documents" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42237,13 +42692,15 @@ You can use \SpecialChar TeX \backslash Large \series default -, +, + \series bold \backslash small \series default -, etc. +, + etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset @@ -42303,7 +42760,8 @@ PDF \end_inset pages With this template you can insert PDF documents to your document. - To specify the range of pages that should be included, use the option + To specify the range of pages that should be included, + use the option \series bold pages \series default @@ -42316,12 +42774,13 @@ Option LaTeX and LyX options \family default tab. - The argument of this option is a comma separated list, containing page - numbers (insert as option + The argument of this option is a comma separated list, + containing page numbers (insert as option \series bold pages={3,5,6,8} \series default -), ranges of page numbers ( +), + ranges of page numbers ( \series bold pages={4-9} \series default @@ -42339,7 +42798,12 @@ g. \series bold pages={3,{},8-11,15} \series default - will insert page 3, an empty page, and pages 8, 9, 10, 11 and 15. + will insert page 3, + an empty page, + and pages 8, + 9, + 10, + 11 and 15. Page ranges are specified in the syntax \emph on start @@ -42362,7 +42826,8 @@ stop \emph on start \emph default - defaults to the first page; omitting + defaults to the first page; + omitting \emph on stop \emph default @@ -42381,8 +42846,8 @@ pages=- pages=last-1 \series default will insert all pages in reverse order. - If the pages option is not specified, only the first page of the PDF is - inserted. + If the pages option is not specified, + only the first page of the PDF is inserted. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -42390,7 +42855,8 @@ The option \series bold noautoscale \series default - inserts the pages with their original size, if this option is not given, + inserts the pages with their original size, + if this option is not given, the pages will be resized to fith the width of the page of your document. In the tab \family sans @@ -42401,13 +42867,14 @@ Size and Rotation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Scale% is used, the option +Scale% is used, + the option \series bold noautoscale \series default will be overwritten. - For more info and possible options, have a look into the documentation - of the \SpecialChar LaTeX + For more info and possible options, + have a look into the documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold pdfpages @@ -42456,20 +42923,17 @@ Beamer EndFrame \family default environment and in a subsequent paragraph a \SpecialChar TeX - Code box containing the command - + Code box containing the command \series bold \backslash setbeamertemplate{background canvas}{} \series default . - Then you can insert as many paragraphs containing the PDFPages template - as you wish. - Behind the included PDF pages you can resume the Beamer presentation by - beginning a new frame or by starting a new section. - To avoid stray blank pages prior to the PDF pages, make sure to use the - + Then you can insert as many paragraphs containing the PDFPages template as you wish. + Behind the included PDF pages you can resume the Beamer presentation by beginning a new frame or by starting a new section. + To avoid stray blank pages prior to the PDF pages, + make sure to use the \family sans Default \family default @@ -42477,7 +42941,8 @@ Default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Here is an included PDF which is rotated by -5°: +Here is an included PDF which is rotated by -5°: + \begin_inset External template PDFPages filename clipart/Abstract.pdf @@ -42512,11 +42977,13 @@ Graphics \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Graphics-Dialog" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - Here is an inserted raster image: + Here is an inserted raster image: + \begin_inset External template RasterImage filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png @@ -42548,7 +43015,8 @@ literal "false" \series default -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "OpenDocument" @@ -42557,7 +43025,8 @@ literal "false" \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Microsoft Office XML" @@ -42582,7 +43051,8 @@ literal "false" ssconvert \family default during its configuration. - This program is part of Gnumeric, so that you must have Gnumeric installed, + This program is part of Gnumeric, + so that you must have Gnumeric installed, also if you don't have tables in the Gnumeric format. For examples and possible limitations have a look at \SpecialChar LyX 's example file @@ -42614,11 +43084,13 @@ Graphics \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Graphics-Dialog" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - Here is an inserted vector graphics: + Here is an inserted vector graphics: + \begin_inset External template VectorGraphics filename clipart/SVG-Drawing.svg @@ -42660,12 +43132,14 @@ File \family sans External Material \family default - dialog, only the path to the inserted file is shown in the output. + dialog, + only the path to the inserted file is shown in the output. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset External material is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX - either as a box like this: + either as a box like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ExternalMaterial.png scale 95 @@ -42673,7 +43147,8 @@ External material is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX \end_inset - or as image, depending on the option + or as image, + depending on the option \family sans Show in LyX \family default @@ -42750,10 +43225,8 @@ Include \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Child documents are used if you have a long document consisting of several - larger parts or sections. - For maintenance it is often useful and sometimes even required to split - the document into several files that can be revised separately. +Child documents are used if you have a long document consisting of several larger parts or sections. + For maintenance it is often useful and sometimes even required to split the document into several files that can be revised separately. The different documents are then the so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -42762,11 +43235,13 @@ child documents \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and a master document connects them to print the full document or parts - of it. - A child document inherits elements from its master, for example the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + and a master document connects them to print the full document or parts of it. + A child document inherits elements from its master, + for example the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble, - the bibliography, and labels for cross-references. + the bibliography, + and labels for cross-references. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -42783,13 +43258,13 @@ Class \family default . This master document will then be used in the background by \SpecialChar LyX - when you edit - the child document. + when you edit the child document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Included documents are displayed in \SpecialChar LyX - as a box like this: + as a box like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ChildDocument.png scale 95 @@ -42823,9 +43298,9 @@ Edit \family sans Child Document \family default - dialog, the included document will be opened in \SpecialChar LyX - in a new file tab so that - you can modify it. + dialog, + the included document will be opened in \SpecialChar LyX + in a new file tab so that you can modify it. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -42837,7 +43312,8 @@ Here is a child document inserted using \family sans Include \family default -: +: + \begin_inset CommandInset include LatexCommand include filename "DummyDocument1.lyx" @@ -42849,11 +43325,10 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The section numbering includes the sections of the included files in the - order they are inserted in the master document. - The included example document has for example a subsection that is numbered - as a subsection of this section. - Labels of included documents can be referenced: Subsection +The section numbering includes the sections of the included files in the order they are inserted in the master document. + The included example document has for example a subsection that is numbered as a subsection of this section. + Labels of included documents can be referenced: + Subsection \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42861,6 +43336,7 @@ The section numbering includes the sections of the included files in the \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:External-Subsection-1" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42868,12 +43344,10 @@ reference "subsec:External-Subsection-1" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The preamble of the child document is ignored; only the preamble of the - master document is used. - Branches in child documents will be ignored by the master document when - the master document does not have a branch with the same name. - Included documents are inserted starting on a new page and ending with - a page break. +The preamble of the child document is ignored; + only the preamble of the master document is used. + Branches in child documents will be ignored by the master document when the master document does not have a branch with the same name. + Included documents are inserted starting on a new page and ending with a page break. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -42884,12 +43358,12 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default If you have included a \SpecialChar LyX or \SpecialChar LaTeX - file, you are warned when you export/view the - document in case the child document uses another document class than the - master document as this will lead to unexpected outputs. + file, + you are warned when you export/view the document in case the child document uses another document class than the master document as this will lead to unexpected outputs. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -42950,7 +43424,8 @@ Here is a child document inserted using \family sans Input \family default -: +: + \begin_inset CommandInset include LatexCommand input filename "DummyDocument2.lyx" @@ -42963,8 +43438,8 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Description Verbatim With this method any text file can be included. - The file is shown in the output with its source code; no command used in - the text is invoked. + The file is shown in the output with its source code; + no command used in the text is invoked. You can use the option \family sans Mark spaces in output @@ -43006,7 +43481,8 @@ Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here is a child document inserted as Verbatim: +Here is a child document inserted as Verbatim: + \begin_inset CommandInset include LatexCommand verbatiminput filename "DummyTextDocument.txt" @@ -43022,7 +43498,8 @@ literal "true" \family sans Mark spaces in output \family default - option: + option: + \begin_inset CommandInset include LatexCommand verbatiminput* filename "DummyTextDocument.txt" @@ -43048,9 +43525,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - As you can see in the examples above, the text of the documents included - as + As you can see in the examples above, + the text of the documents included as \family sans verbatim \family default @@ -43071,6 +43549,7 @@ Listings This type is described in chapter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Program-Code-Listings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -43085,9 +43564,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Including the same document twice in a document using different methods - could cause \SpecialChar LaTeX + Including the same document twice in a document using different methods could cause \SpecialChar LaTeX -problems. \end_layout @@ -43098,9 +43577,8 @@ Note: \begin_layout Standard If you want to view/export only selected children of your master document, - either because you want to save compiling time or because you want to distribut -e single chapters of the book you are just writing, you can exclude children - from the output. + either because you want to save compiling time or because you want to distribute single chapters of the book you are just writing, + you can exclude children from the output. This is done via the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -43113,8 +43591,7 @@ include children by double-clicking on the \family sans include to output \family default - column of the respective child document in the list (note that this only - works for documents embedded via + column of the respective child document in the list (note that this only works for documents embedded via \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43122,7 +43599,8 @@ Include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, not with +, + not with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43143,7 +43621,9 @@ In the section \family sans Global Counters & References \family default - you can set how page numbers, references, section counters etc. + you can set how page numbers, + references, + section counters etc. are handled. \end_layout @@ -43154,16 +43634,19 @@ With the option \family sans Strictly maintain \family default -, +, + \change_deleted -712698321 1584102385 If the option \family sans Maintain counters and references \family default - is enabled, + is enabled, + \change_unchanged \SpecialChar LyX - will assure that all page numbers, references etc. + will assure that all page numbers, + references etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -43174,13 +43657,13 @@ processed output \change_unchanged . - This is useful if you want the selected sub-documents to look exactly as - in the context of the whole document. - However, \SpecialChar LyX - needs to process the whole document in the background for this - feature + This is useful if you want the selected sub-documents to look exactly as in the context of the whole document. + However, + \SpecialChar LyX + needs to process the whole document in the background for this feature \change_inserted -712698321 1584102406 -, which can take a long time +, + which can take a long time \change_unchanged . @@ -43197,22 +43680,23 @@ With the option \family sans Do not maintain \family default -, +, + \change_unchanged \SpecialChar LyX \change_inserted -712698321 1584103270 only compiles the master and the included documents. - Thus the counters will differ from the complete document, and references - to excluded child documents will not be resolved. + Thus the counters will differ from the complete document, + and references to excluded child documents will not be resolved. \change_deleted -712698321 1584102517 So i \change_inserted -712698321 1584102518 I \change_unchanged -f you want to save compile time and if counters and references do not need - to be correct, +f you want to save compile time and if counters and references do not need to be correct, + \change_deleted -712698321 1584102523 disable this checkbox \change_inserted -712698321 1584102546 @@ -43231,22 +43715,24 @@ The option Maintain mostly \family default is somewhat in-between the above two. - If this is selected, \SpecialChar LyX + If this is selected, + \SpecialChar LyX will compile the whole document at the first output, which sets up counters and references correctly. - In subsequent outputs, it will compile the whole document only if a change - has been made in an excluded child document. - As long as you only edit the included files, this approach is as fast as - the second one, while giving you more or less correct counters and references. - They are only more or less correct since the change of size of included - documents obviously also changes the pagination of excluded documents, + In subsequent outputs, + it will compile the whole document only if a change has been made in an excluded child document. + As long as you only edit the included files, + this approach is as fast as the second one, + while giving you more or less correct counters and references. + They are only more or less correct since the change of size of included documents obviously also changes the pagination of excluded documents, but this change cannot be tracked with this method. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Alternatively, you can put each included file into a branch. +Alternatively, + you can put each included file into a branch. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -43266,10 +43752,10 @@ Userguide \end_inset By enabling\SpecialChar breakableslash -disabling branches you can decide which included files will - appear in the output. +disabling branches you can decide which included files will appear in the output. This has the advantage that it also works with Input'ed sub-documents. - However, counters and references will not be maintained with this approach. + However, + counters and references will not be maintained with this approach. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -43395,8 +43881,7 @@ minted \end_inset - provide a powerful and flexible way to insert program source code into - your document. + provide a powerful and flexible way to insert program source code into your document. One can only use one of these packages in a document. \series bold @@ -43413,6 +43898,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default \SpecialChar LyX does NOT want to encourage users to add the @@ -43420,9 +43906,11 @@ Note: -shell-escape \family default option to converter definitions. - It works, but it is a huge security risk. + It works, + but it is a huge security risk. There is an active discussion about how to handle this. - Once that's been resolved, this can be updated appropriately. + Once that's been resolved, + this can be updated appropriately. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -43434,8 +43922,8 @@ In order to use \series bold minted \series default -, you need to select it as the syntax highlighting package in the document - settings under +, + you need to select it as the syntax highlighting package in the document settings under \family sans Listings \family default @@ -43481,7 +43969,8 @@ PDF (pdflatex) \family default -, go to the \SpecialChar LyX +, + go to the \SpecialChar LyX preferences and there to the section \family sans File @@ -43571,12 +44060,12 @@ PDF \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Right-clicking on a listings inset opens the context menu containing where - you can set the listings format. +Right-clicking on a listings inset opens the context menu containing where you can set the listings format. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, a listing starts a new paragraph in the output. +By default, + a listing starts a new paragraph in the output. The placement option \family sans Inline @@ -43585,7 +44074,8 @@ Inline listing \family default - prints the listing inline like this: + prints the listing inline like this: + \begin_inset listings lstparams "language={C++}" inline true @@ -43618,7 +44108,8 @@ h \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43630,7 +44121,8 @@ t \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43642,7 +44134,8 @@ b \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43662,6 +44155,7 @@ p \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Float-Settings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -43696,12 +44190,12 @@ h \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - has sometimes no effect, but you don't need to use the + has sometimes no effect, + but you don't need to use the \family sans Float \family default - option in this case as also non-float listings can have captions and be - referenced. + option in this case as also non-float listings can have captions and be referenced. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -43711,7 +44205,8 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Caption \family default . - Listings can be referenced like floats: Listing + Listings can be referenced like floats: + Listing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -43719,12 +44214,12 @@ Caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "lst:Example-Listing" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - A list of listings which contains all listings with captions can be created - via the menu + A list of listings which contains all listings with captions can be created via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List @@ -43794,7 +44289,8 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Note: +Note: + \series default The \series bold @@ -43809,10 +44305,11 @@ The minted \series default package places them after the listing by default if it is floating. - If it is not floating, caption will be typeset before the listing if it - is inserted to its first line, otherwise it will be typeset after the listing. - If you want to force the placement in every case before the listing, you - have to add the following lines as last thing to the preamble: + If it is not floating, + caption will be typeset before the listing if it is inserted to its first line, + otherwise it will be typeset after the listing. + If you want to force the placement in every case before the listing, + you have to add the following lines as last thing to the preamble: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -43859,8 +44356,7 @@ The package float \series default will be loaded automatically by \SpecialChar LyX - when you use special document-wide float - placement settings. + when you use special document-wide float placement settings. To avoid that it is loaded twice the command \series bold @@ -43881,8 +44377,8 @@ float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you have set a programming language in the listings dialog, the keywords - of this language will be recognized and specially typeset in the output. +When you have set a programming language in the listings dialog, + the keywords of this language will be recognized and specially typeset in the output. In the example listings the Python keyword \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43902,8 +44398,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - If you don't get bold keywords when using typewriter fonts, your + If you don't get bold keywords when using typewriter fonts, + your \family typewriter typewriter \family default @@ -43917,7 +44415,8 @@ Fonts . (The fonts \emph on -LuxiMono, BeraMono +LuxiMono, + BeraMono \emph default and \emph on @@ -43941,8 +44440,7 @@ Line numbering \family default of the listings dialog you can specify the line numbering style. - You can insert a number to specify which lines are numbered in the field - + You can insert a number to specify which lines are numbered in the field \family sans Step \family default @@ -43963,12 +44461,13 @@ g. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, only every 3rd line will be numbered. +, + only every 3rd line will be numbered. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can furthermore specify a range of lines; only these will then appear - in the output. +You can furthermore specify a range of lines; + only these will then appear in the output. The option \family sans Extended character table @@ -43977,12 +44476,12 @@ Extended character table \series bold listings \series default - package and should be used when you use national characters like the German - umlauts in the listing. + package and should be used when you use national characters like the German umlauts in the listing. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Here is an example listing with left line numbering, step +Here is an example listing with left line numbering, + step \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43990,7 +44489,8 @@ Here is an example listing with left line numbering, step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, language +, + language \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -43998,7 +44498,8 @@ Python \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, options +, + options \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -44022,7 +44523,8 @@ symbol \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, range lines 3 +, + range lines 3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -44061,7 +44563,8 @@ def func(param): \begin_layout Plain Layout -'This is a German word: Tschüß' +'This is a German word: + Tschüß' \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -44090,8 +44593,8 @@ pass \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you have tabulators in your listing, you can specify the number of - characters that are spanned by a tabulator in the field +When you have tabulators in your listing, + you can specify the number of characters that are spanned by a tabulator in the field \family sans Tabulator \begin_inset space ~ @@ -44110,14 +44613,14 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Due to a bug in the \series bold listings \series default package the line numbering is shifted by a line by every previous listing. - That's the reason why the lines 2 and 5 are numbered in the above listing - and not the lines 3 and 6. + That's the reason why the lines 2 and 5 are numbered in the above listing and not the lines 3 and 6. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -44134,7 +44637,8 @@ listings \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to print lines from a file as listing. - To do this, use the menu + To do this, + use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator File\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -44157,6 +44661,7 @@ The other child document types are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Child-Documents" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -44165,9 +44670,9 @@ reference "sec:Child-Documents" \end_inset - In the child document dialog you can specify the listing parameters in - a text box. - To show a list of all available parameters, type in a question mark + In the child document dialog you can specify the listing parameters in a text box. + To show a list of all available parameters, + type in a question mark \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -44179,8 +44684,8 @@ reference "sec:Child-Documents" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To reference child document listings, write a label text into the corresponding - field of the child document dialog. +To reference child document listings, + write a label text into the corresponding field of the child document dialog. The label can then be referenced using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -44198,10 +44703,12 @@ Listing \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "lst:file-listing" +nolink "false" \end_inset - is an example for a listing of a file; there the lines 10 + is an example for a listing of a file; + there the lines 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -44261,8 +44768,7 @@ Create a formula outside the listing \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Copy the content of the formula (not the formula inset) to the clipboard - (shortcut +Copy the content of the formula (not the formula inset) to the clipboard (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "copy" @@ -44355,7 +44861,8 @@ Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Listings \family default dialog. - To get there a list of available options, type in a question mark + To get there a list of available options, + type in a question mark \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -44375,7 +44882,8 @@ listings \series bold minted \series default - packages, we refer to their documentation + packages, + we refer to their documentation \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "listings,minted" @@ -44419,7 +44927,8 @@ name "cha:Units-available-in" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To understand the units described in this documentation, Table +To understand the units described in this documentation, + Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -44427,6 +44936,7 @@ To understand the units described in this documentation, Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45260,10 +45770,11 @@ device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine - to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. - At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of - course. + (DVI), + because it is completely portable; + you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. + At the time when this file-format was developed, + this was no matter of course. DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats, like PostScript. \end_layout @@ -45276,20 +45787,22 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - DVI-files do not contain images; they will only be a linked. + DVI-files do not contain images; + they will only be a linked. \end_layout \end_inset - So don't forget this, if you move your + So don't forget this, + if you move your \family typewriter .dvi \family default file to another computer. - This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI, because - the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make it visible - when you scroll in the DVI. + This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI, + because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make it visible when you scroll in the DVI. So it is recommended that you use PDF for files with many images. \end_layout @@ -45375,8 +45888,7 @@ This file type has the extension Adobe \family default as a printer language. - The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the - file. + The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the file. PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45385,14 +45897,15 @@ programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. +; + you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package - +If you are interested to learn more about this, + have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX +-package \series bold PSTricks \series default @@ -45409,7 +45922,8 @@ literal "true" \end_inset - Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs. + Due to this ability, + the files are often bigger than PDFs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -45421,7 +45935,8 @@ Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (EPS, file extension + (EPS, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45435,8 +45950,8 @@ Encapsulated PostScript ). As \SpecialChar LyX - allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to - convert images in the background to EPS. + allows you to use any known image format in your document, + it has to convert images in the background to EPS. If you have e.g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -45445,7 +45960,8 @@ Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX +images in your document, + \SpecialChar LyX has to do 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -45453,8 +45969,8 @@ images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX conversions whenever you view or export your document. This will slow down your work flow with \SpecialChar LyX drastically. - So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as - EPS to avoid this problem. + So if you plan to use PostScript, + you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -45546,12 +46062,13 @@ portable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output - looks exactly the same. + implies, + it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -PDF can contain images in its own PDF format, in the format +PDF can contain images in its own PDF format, + in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45559,7 +46076,8 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (JPG, file extension + (JPG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45583,7 +46101,8 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -), and in the format +), + and in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45591,7 +46110,8 @@ Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PNG, file extension + (PNG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45604,13 +46124,12 @@ Portable Network Graphics \end_inset ). - Nevertheless you can use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX - converts them - in the background to one of these formats. - But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion - will slow down your work flow. - So it is recommended that you use images in one of the three mentioned - formats. + Nevertheless you can use any other image format, + because \SpecialChar LyX + converts them in the background to one of these formats. + But as described in the section about PostScript, + the image conversion will slow down your work flow. + So it is recommended that you use images in one of the three mentioned formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -45649,8 +46168,7 @@ PDF \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default - that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to - PDF. + that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45678,7 +46196,8 @@ PDF \family typewriter pdftex \family default - supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable. + supports all features of actual PDF-versions, + is quick and works stable. The program \family typewriter dvipdfm @@ -49195,6 +49714,7 @@ Explanation of Equation \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:Wgn" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49229,15 +49749,15 @@ where \begin_inset Formula $W_{g\,n}$ \end_inset - is the given width of all cells, + is the given width of all cells, + \series bold \backslash tabcolsep \series default is the \SpecialChar LaTeX --length between the cell text and the cell border (its default value - is 6 +-length between the cell text and the cell border (its default value is 6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -49248,7 +49768,8 @@ pt). \backslash arrayrulewidth \series default - is the thickness of the cell border line, the default is 0.4 + is the thickness of the cell border line, + the default is 0.4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -49264,10 +49785,12 @@ Following equation \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:Wtot_n" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, the total width of a multicolumn +, + the total width of a multicolumn \begin_inset Formula $W_{\mathrm{tot\,mult}}$ \end_inset @@ -49291,6 +49814,7 @@ By setting equation \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:Wtot_n" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49298,6 +49822,7 @@ reference "eq:Wtot_n" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:Wtot_mult" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49309,7 +49834,8 @@ reference "eq:Wtot_mult" \emph on n \emph default - columns are spanned, so that each column has a total width of + columns are spanned, + so that each column has a total width of \begin_inset Formula $W_{\mathrm{tot\,mult}}/n$ \end_inset @@ -49332,13 +49858,15 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: +Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: + \emph on The \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, 2004 + Addison-Wesley, + 2004 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -49350,13 +49878,15 @@ literal "true" \end_inset Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. - Daly: + Daly: + \emph on A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX Fourth Edition. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, 2003 + Addison-Wesley, + 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -49367,13 +49897,17 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Leslie Lamport: +Leslie Lamport: + \emph on \SpecialChar LaTeX -: A Document Preparation System. +: + A Document Preparation System. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 + Addison-Wesley, + second edition, + 1994 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography diff --git a/lib/doc/Formula-numbering.lyx b/lib/doc/Formula-numbering.lyx index e2cefb8708..46b64f8d49 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Formula-numbering.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Formula-numbering.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 600 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false +\font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false -\font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false @@ -113,19 +113,24 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false -\postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Standard This document demonstrates the usage of two different formula categories. - One is Arabic, one is Roman numbered. + One is Arabic, + one is Roman numbered. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -235,59 +240,75 @@ A=I\label{eq:I} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Cross-references: +Cross-references: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:B" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:C" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:F" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:G" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:D" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:E" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:H" +nolink "false" \end_inset - , + , + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:I" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -308,8 +329,8 @@ height "1pt" \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset -To create this example, first a counter must be defined for the Roman numbered - formulas. +To create this example, + first a counter must be defined for the Roman numbered formulas. To do this the following is inserted to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -preamble: \end_layout @@ -340,7 +361,8 @@ To save the value of the Arabic counter \series bold equation \series default -, this is added to the preamble +, + this is added to the preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -440,7 +462,8 @@ for Arabic numbering. \begin_layout Standard Every formula will be by default numbered Arabic. - To switch to Roman numbering, the command + To switch to Roman numbering, + the command \series bold \backslash diff --git a/lib/doc/Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/Intro.lyx index ec88af17c7..1ede80aaf2 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Intro.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 601 +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false \docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \author -584632292 "Richard Kimberly Heck" \end_header @@ -132,9 +133,10 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent -If you have comments on or corrections to this documentation, please send - them to the \SpecialChar LyX - Documentation mailing list: +If you have comments on or corrections to this documentation, + please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX + Documentation mailing list: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" @@ -173,28 +175,42 @@ What is \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX is a document preparation system. - It excels at letting you create complex technical and scientific articles - with mathematics, cross-references, bibliographies, indexes, etc. - It is very good for working with documents of any length in which the usual - processing abilities are required: automatic sectioning and pagination, + It excels at letting you create complex technical and scientific articles with mathematics, + cross-references, + bibliographies, + indexes, + etc. + It is very good for working with documents of any length in which the usual processing abilities are required: + automatic sectioning and pagination, spell checking and so forth. - It can also be used to write a letter to your mom, though granted, there - are probably simpler programs available for that. - It is definitely not the best tool for creating banners, flyers, or advertiseme -nts (we'll explain why later), though with some effort all these can be - done, too. - Here are some examples of what it is used for: memos, letters, dissertations - and theses, lecture notes, seminar notebooks, conference proceedings, software - documentation, books, articles in refereed scientific journals, scripts - for plays and movies, business proposals, presentations \SpecialChar ldots + It can also be used to write a letter to your mom, + though granted, + there are probably simpler programs available for that. + It is definitely not the best tool for creating banners, + flyers, + or advertisements (we'll explain why later), + though with some effort all these can be done, + too. + Here are some examples of what it is used for: + memos, + letters, + dissertations and theses, + lecture notes, + seminar notebooks, + conference proceedings, + software documentation, + books, + articles in refereed scientific journals, + scripts for plays and movies, + business proposals, + presentations \SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - is a program that provides a modern approach to writing documents with - a computer by using a markup language paradigm, an approach that breaks - with the obsolete tradition of the + is a program that provides a modern approach to writing documents with a computer by using a markup language paradigm, + an approach that breaks with the obsolete tradition of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -203,20 +219,24 @@ typewriter concept \end_inset . - It is designed for authors who want professional output quickly with a - minimum of effort and without becoming specialists in typesetting. - The job of typesetting is done mostly by the computer, not the author; + It is designed for authors who want professional output quickly with a minimum of effort and without becoming specialists in typesetting. + The job of typesetting is done mostly by the computer, + not the author; with \SpecialChar LyX -, the author can concentrate on the contents of his writing. +, + the author can concentrate on the contents of his writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Part of the initial challenge of using \SpecialChar LyX - comes from the change in thinking - that you, the user, must make. - At one time, all we had for creating documents were typewriters, so we - all learned certain tricks to get around their limitations. - Underlining, which is little more than overstriking with the + comes from the change in thinking that you, + the user, + must make. + At one time, + all we had for creating documents were typewriters, + so we all learned certain tricks to get around their limitations. + Underlining, + which is little more than overstriking with the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -224,23 +244,26 @@ _ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - character, became a way to emphasize text. - You were forced to figure out column sizes and tab stops, and set them, + character, + became a way to emphasize text. + You were forced to figure out column sizes and tab stops, + and set them, before creating a table. The same applied for letters and other right justified text. Hyphenation at the end of a line required a careful eye and a lot of foresight. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In other words, we've all been trained to worry about the little details - of which character goes where. - Consequently, almost all word processors have this mentality. +In other words, + we've all been trained to worry about the little details of which character goes where. + Consequently, + almost all word processors have this mentality. They still use tab stops for adding whitespace. - You still need to worry about exactly where on the page something will - appear. - Emphasizing text means changing a font, similar to changing the typewriter - wheel. - This is the underlying philosophy of a WYSIWYG word processor: + You still need to worry about exactly where on the page something will appear. + Emphasizing text means changing a font, + similar to changing the typewriter wheel. + This is the underlying philosophy of a WYSIWYG word processor: + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -249,7 +272,8 @@ What You See Is What You Get \end_inset . - Unfortunately, that paradigm often results in + Unfortunately, + that paradigm often results in \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -270,7 +294,8 @@ This is where \SpecialChar LyX what you're doing \emph default and \SpecialChar LyX - takes care of the rest, following a set of rules called a + takes care of the rest, + following a set of rules called a \emph on style \emph default @@ -279,9 +304,10 @@ style status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -To be fair, most recent versions of the most popular office suites now have - some sort of style sheets which follow a similar markup method. - However, our experience is that they are still rarely used in practice. +To be fair, + most recent versions of the most popular office suites now have some sort of style sheets which follow a similar markup method. + However, + our experience is that they are still rarely used in practice. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -291,7 +317,8 @@ To be fair, most recent versions of the most popular office suites now have \begin_layout Standard Suppose you are writing a report. - To begin your report, you want a section called + To begin your report, + you want a section called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -300,10 +327,11 @@ Introduction\SpecialChar endofsentence \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - So, you go into whatever menu it is in your word processor that changes - font sizes and decide on a new font size. + So, + you go into whatever menu it is in your word processor that changes font sizes and decide on a new font size. Then you turn on bold face. - Then you type, + Then you type, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -320,20 +348,21 @@ Introduction \end_inset . - Of course, if you later decide that this section belongs someplace else - in the document or if you insert a new section before it, you need to change - the numbering for this and all following sections, as well as any entry - in the table of contents. + Of course, + if you later decide that this section belongs someplace else in the document or if you insert a new section before it, + you need to change the numbering for this and all following sections, + as well as any entry in the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In \SpecialChar LyX -, you go to the pull-down on the far left of the button bar and select - +, + you go to the pull-down on the far left of the button bar and select \family sans Section \family default -, and type +, + and type \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -345,23 +374,27 @@ Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Yes, that's all. - If you cut and paste the section, it will automatically be renumbered — +Yes, + that's all. + If you cut and paste the section, + it will automatically be renumbered — everywhere. - And if you enter references to that section correctly (by inserting cross-refer -ence tags), \SpecialChar LyX - will automatically update them all throughout the file so that - you never, ever type a section number. + And if you enter references to that section correctly (by inserting cross-reference tags), + \SpecialChar LyX + will automatically update them all throughout the file so that you never, + ever type a section number. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now let's look at the problem of consistency. - Five days later, you reopen your report and start Section + Five days later, + you reopen your report and start Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4. - However, you forget that you were using 18 + However, + you forget that you were using 18 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -369,7 +402,8 @@ pt bold instead of 16 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -pt, so you type in the heading for Section +pt, + so you type in the heading for Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -380,30 +414,39 @@ pt, so you type in the heading for Section 1. That problem doesn't even exist in \SpecialChar LyX . - The computer takes care of all that silly bookkeeping about which thing - has what size font, not you. - After all, that's what a computer is good at. + The computer takes care of all that silly bookkeeping about which thing has what size font, + not you. + After all, + that's what a computer is good at. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's another example. Suppose you're making a list. - In other word processors, a list is just a bunch of tab stops and newlines. - You need to figure out where to put the label for each list item, what - that label should be, how many blank lines to put between each item, and - so on. + In other word processors, + a list is just a bunch of tab stops and newlines. + You need to figure out where to put the label for each list item, + what that label should be, + how many blank lines to put between each item, + and so on. Under \SpecialChar LyX -, you have only two concerns: what kind of list is this, and what - do I want to put in it? That is it. +, + you have only two concerns: + what kind of list is this, + and what do I want to put in it? + That is it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -So, the basic idea behind \SpecialChar LyX - is: specify +So, + the basic idea behind \SpecialChar LyX + is: + specify \emph on what \emph default - you're doing, not + you're doing, + not \emph on how \emph default @@ -440,16 +483,19 @@ WYSIWYM. It's a powerful idea that greatly simplifies the mechanics of writing documents. This is also why \SpecialChar LyX isn't so good for creating posters and flyers. - In this case, you + In this case, + you \emph on do \emph default - want to specify exactly where everything goes, because there are no functional - units like paragraphs, sections, etc. + want to specify exactly where everything goes, + because there are no functional units like paragraphs, + sections, + etc. This doesn't mean \SpecialChar LyX is missing some cool function. - It simply means that it isn't the right tool for the job — you don't use - a screwdriver to drive in nails. + It simply means that it isn't the right tool for the job — + you don't use a screwdriver to drive in nails. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -491,19 +537,24 @@ Space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Tab stops, along with a ruler showing you the position of things on the - page, are useless in \SpecialChar LyX +Tab stops, + along with a ruler showing you the position of things on the page, + are useless in \SpecialChar LyX . - The program worries about where things go on the page, not you. - Extra whitespace is similar; \SpecialChar LyX - adds it where necessary, depending on context. + The program worries about where things go on the page, + not you. + Extra whitespace is similar; + \SpecialChar LyX + adds it where necessary, + depending on context. Not being able to type two blank lines in a row will be annoying at first, but it makes more sense once you're thinking in WYSIWYM terms. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are some things that exist in \SpecialChar LyX -, but aren't used as you might think: +, + but aren't used as you might think: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -523,11 +574,14 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -single spaced, double spaced, etc.) +single spaced, + double spaced, + etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Whitespace, horizontal and vertical +Whitespace, + horizontal and vertical \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -535,29 +589,37 @@ Fonts and font sizes \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Typefaces (bold, italic, underline, etc.) +Typefaces (bold, + italic, + underline, + etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although they exist in \SpecialChar LyX -, you generally don't need them. +, + you generally don't need them. \SpecialChar LyX - will take care of these things for you, depending on what you're doing. - Different parts of the document are automatically set in a different typeface - and font size. - Paragraph indenting is context dependent; different types of paragraphs - get indented differently. - Page breaks get handled automatically, as well. - In general, the space between lines, between words, and between paragraphs - is variable, set by \SpecialChar LyX + will take care of these things for you, + depending on what you're doing. + Different parts of the document are automatically set in a different typeface and font size. + Paragraph indenting is context dependent; + different types of paragraphs get indented differently. + Page breaks get handled automatically, + as well. + In general, + the space between lines, + between words, + and between paragraphs is variable, + set by \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -There are ways to adjust all of these (only some of which require knowledge - of \SpecialChar LaTeX -), either for a whole document or for a specific location in a document. +There are ways to adjust all of these (only some of which require knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX +), + either for a whole document or for a specific location in a document. See the \emph on User's Guide @@ -575,10 +637,10 @@ Additional Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Lastly, there are a few areas where we believe \SpecialChar LyX +Lastly, + there are a few areas where we believe \SpecialChar LyX (and \SpecialChar LaTeX -) surpasses many word - processors: +) surpasses many word processors: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -602,15 +664,19 @@ Cross-referencing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Granted, many modern word processors can handle mathematical symbols, tables, - and hyphenation, and many have moved towards style definitions and the - WYSIWYM concept. - However, they've only recently been able to do so, whereas \SpecialChar LyX - is built upon - the \SpecialChar LaTeX +Granted, + many modern word processors can handle mathematical symbols, + tables, + and hyphenation, + and many have moved towards style definitions and the WYSIWYM concept. + However, + they've only recently been able to do so, + whereas \SpecialChar LyX + is built upon the \SpecialChar LaTeX document preparation system. \SpecialChar LaTeX - has been around since 1985, and + has been around since 1985, + and \emph on works \emph default @@ -634,8 +700,9 @@ The source for the info in this section is A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX2e \emph default -, by Helmut Kopka and Patrick Daly, which has an entry in the bibliography - of the +, + by Helmut Kopka and Patrick Daly, + which has an entry in the bibliography of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default @@ -646,11 +713,12 @@ User's Guide \end_inset It was built up from a typesetting language called \SpecialChar TeX -, created by Donald - Knuth in 1984. +, + created by Donald Knuth in 1984. \SpecialChar TeX - takes a sequence of typesetting commands, written in a script in an ASCII - file, and executes them. + takes a sequence of typesetting commands, + written in a script in an ASCII file, + and executes them. Many of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -659,9 +727,9 @@ tricks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - of the printing trade were modeled by Knuth as computer algorithms and - incorporated into \SpecialChar TeX -, hence its excellent printed appearance. + of the printing trade were modeled by Knuth as computer algorithms and incorporated into \SpecialChar TeX +, + hence its excellent printed appearance. What comes directly out of \SpecialChar TeX is the portable document format \emph on @@ -680,63 +748,70 @@ device independent dvi \emph default . - The dvi format is often used for previews and can later be converted to - other formats like PostScript. + The dvi format is often used for previews and can later be converted to other formats like PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar TeX - isn't only a typesetting engine; it also allows you to define macros. + isn't only a typesetting engine; + it also allows you to define macros. Most people who use \SpecialChar TeX - are actually using a macro package which Knuth created - to hide a lot of the typesetting details. + are actually using a macro package which Knuth created to hide a lot of the typesetting details. This is where Leslie Lamport enters our story. He wanted a macro package that was more user- and less typesetter-oriented, with a set of commands that consistently typeset things like sections, - tables or math formulas in a uniform, consistent fashion. + tables or math formulas in a uniform, + consistent fashion. This is how \SpecialChar LaTeX was born. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Now, in parallel with the development and growth of \SpecialChar LaTeX -, other folks were creating - their own custom macro packages for \SpecialChar TeX -, ones to make slides or articles for - math journals and so on. +Now, + in parallel with the development and growth of \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + other folks were creating their own custom macro packages for \SpecialChar TeX +, + ones to make slides or articles for math journals and so on. Some used the raw \SpecialChar TeX - facilities to do this, others began modifying \SpecialChar LaTeX + facilities to do this, + others began modifying \SpecialChar LaTeX . - To try and unify this mess, a team of \SpecialChar LaTeX + To try and unify this mess, + a team of \SpecialChar LaTeX -nicians began to work on \SpecialChar LaTeX2e -, the current - version of \SpecialChar LaTeX -, during the late 1980's. +, + the current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + during the late 1980's. This new version of \SpecialChar LaTeX - has commands which provide an easier-to-use interface - to \SpecialChar TeX -'s macro-creating commands, aid in the use of new fonts, and so on. - In fact, \SpecialChar LaTeX - is quite an extensive language in its own right! Users around - the world have been creating their own add-ons for \SpecialChar LaTeX - beyond the standard - ones. + has commands which provide an easier-to-use interface to \SpecialChar TeX +'s macro-creating commands, + aid in the use of new fonts, + and so on. + In fact, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + is quite an extensive language in its own right! + Users around the world have been creating their own add-ons for \SpecialChar LaTeX + beyond the standard ones. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two ways to extend \SpecialChar LaTeX -: classes and styles. +: + classes and styles. A \emph on class \emph default is a set of \SpecialChar LaTeX - macros describing a new type of document, like a book, or - an article. - There are classes for slides, for physics and math journals\SpecialChar ldots - many universities - even have a class for their thesis format. + macros describing a new type of document, + like a book, + or an article. + There are classes for slides, + for physics and math journals\SpecialChar ldots + many universities even have a class for their thesis format. A \emph on style @@ -747,15 +822,22 @@ style behavior \emph default that any document can use. - For example, \SpecialChar LyX - controls page margins and line spacing using two different - \SpecialChar LaTeX + For example, + \SpecialChar LyX + controls page margins and line spacing using two different \SpecialChar LaTeX style-files designed for these purposes. - There are style-files for a whole slew of things: printing labels or envelopes, - changing indentation behavior, adding new fonts, manipulating graphics, - designing fancy page headings, customizing bibliographies, altering the - location and appearance of footnotes, tables, and figures, customizing - lists, etc. + There are style-files for a whole slew of things: + printing labels or envelopes, + changing indentation behavior, + adding new fonts, + manipulating graphics, + designing fancy page headings, + customizing bibliographies, + altering the location and appearance of footnotes, + tables, + and figures, + customizing lists, + etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -764,40 +846,48 @@ Here is a summary: \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar TeX -: Typesetting language with macro capability. +: + Typesetting language with macro capability. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LaTeX -: Macro package built upon \SpecialChar TeX +: + Macro package built upon \SpecialChar TeX \SpecialChar endofsentence \end_layout \begin_layout Description -classes: Descriptions of types of document used with \SpecialChar LaTeX +classes: + Descriptions of types of document used with \SpecialChar LaTeX \SpecialChar endofsentence \end_layout \begin_layout Description -styles: Descriptions of the default behavior of particular elements of \SpecialChar LaTeX +styles: + Descriptions of the default behavior of particular elements of \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LyX -: Visual, WYSIWYM document processor that uses \SpecialChar LaTeX +: + Visual, + WYSIWYM document processor that uses \SpecialChar LaTeX to do its typesetting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section attempts to explain the difference between \SpecialChar LyX and a word processor. - Simply put, \SpecialChar LaTeX + Simply put, + \SpecialChar LaTeX is the difference. By using \SpecialChar LaTeX - as its backend, \SpecialChar LyX + as its backend, + \SpecialChar LyX helps you to think more about \emph on what @@ -819,22 +909,26 @@ Navigating the Documentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To make it easier to answer your questions and describe all of the features - of \SpecialChar LyX -, the documentation has been split up into several different files. - Each one has its own purpose, as described below. - Before you go ploughing into any of those files, however, you should read - this chapter thoroughly, since it contains a lot of useful information - and commentary that can save you some time. +To make it easier to answer your questions and describe all of the features of \SpecialChar LyX +, + the documentation has been split up into several different files. + Each one has its own purpose, + as described below. + Before you go ploughing into any of those files, + however, + you should read this chapter thoroughly, + since it contains a lot of useful information and commentary that can save you some time. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hopefully, the development of \SpecialChar LyX - will never stop; so some of the documentation - may be incomplete or a bit out of date, though we try to keep up-to-date. +Hopefully, + the development of \SpecialChar LyX + will never stop; + so some of the documentation may be incomplete or a bit out of date, + though we try to keep up-to-date. Like the rest of \SpecialChar LyX -, the manuals are the work of a group of volunteers who - have +, + the manuals are the work of a group of volunteers who have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -842,12 +936,16 @@ Real Jobs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, families, dishes to clean, +, + families, + dishes to clean, + \emph on et cetera \emph default . - If you want to help out, be sure to read Section + If you want to help out, + be sure to read Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -855,6 +953,7 @@ et cetera \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Contrib" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -862,9 +961,13 @@ reference "sec:Contrib" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Also, please do us a favor: if anything in these manuals confuses you, is - unclear, or wrong, don't hesitate to let us know! You can reach the current - document maintainers by emailing +Also, + please do us a favor: + if anything in these manuals confuses you, + is unclear, + or wrong, + don't hesitate to let us know! + You can reach the current document maintainers by emailing \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" @@ -886,9 +989,8 @@ Where To Get Help \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you have questions that are not obviously answered in the documentation - and need help fast, there is an active users' mailing list which you can - reach at +If you have questions that are not obviously answered in the documentation and need help fast, + there is an active users' mailing list which you can reach at \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-users@lists.lyx.org" @@ -900,7 +1002,8 @@ literal "false" . \change_inserted -584632292 1610248524 - You do not have to register to post, but you may wish to do so. + You do not have to register to post, + but you may wish to do so. See \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href @@ -935,32 +1038,42 @@ Some of you may have printed out the manuals. There are some differences between the \SpecialChar LyX -file and the printed version. In \SpecialChar LyX -, the title is simply at the top of the document, not formatted on a - separate page as in some of the printed versions. +, + the title is simply at the top of the document, + not formatted on a separate page as in some of the printed versions. Nor are any of the footnotes or the Table of Contents fully visible. - To open a footnote, which looks like this: + To open a footnote, + which looks like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/footnote.png scale 95 \end_inset -, click on it with the left mouse button. - For the Table of Contents, either click on the grey box or click on the - +, + click on it with the left mouse button. + For the Table of Contents, + either click on the grey box or click on the \family sans Navigate \family default - menu, where the contents are displayed automatically\SpecialChar endofsentence + menu, + where the contents are displayed automatically\SpecialChar endofsentence \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the printed manuals, all cross-references appear as the actual numbers - for a chapter, section, subsection, and so on. +In the printed manuals, + all cross-references appear as the actual numbers for a chapter, + section, + subsection, + and so on. In the \SpecialChar LyX --file, however, all cross-references appear as light-grey boxes - like the following: +-file, + however, + all cross-references appear as light-grey boxes like the following: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/reference.png scale 95 @@ -968,10 +1081,9 @@ In the printed manuals, all cross-references appear as the actual numbers \end_inset . - If you click on such a box with the left mouse button, a dialog box will - appear containing a list of all the cross-references in the document. - You can go to the referenced section by right-clicking on the box or by - clicking the button + If you click on such a box with the left mouse button, + a dialog box will appear containing a list of all the cross-references in the document. + You can go to the referenced section by right-clicking on the box or by clicking the button \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ @@ -997,10 +1109,9 @@ Back \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Now that we've cleared up some of the differences between the printed and - \SpecialChar LyX --file versions of this file, we can start looking at the format of this - document. +Now that we've cleared up some of the differences between the printed and \SpecialChar LyX +-file versions of this file, + we can start looking at the format of this document. You'll occasionally notice things in different fonts: \end_layout @@ -1009,8 +1120,11 @@ Now that we've cleared up some of the differences between the printed and \emph on Emphasized Style \emph default - is used for general emphasis, generic arguments, book titles, names of - sections of other manuals, and notes from the authors. + is used for general emphasis, + generic arguments, + book titles, + names of sections of other manuals, + and notes from the authors. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -1018,7 +1132,8 @@ Emphasized Style \family typewriter Typewriter \family default - is used for program and file names, \SpecialChar LyX + is used for program and file names, + \SpecialChar LyX code and functions. \end_layout @@ -1027,8 +1142,10 @@ Typewriter \family sans Sans Serif \family default - is used for menu, button, or dialog box names, and the names of keyboard - keys. + is used for menu, + button, + or dialog box names, + and the names of keyboard keys. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -1049,7 +1166,8 @@ Bold \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When we do need to reference keys, we'll use the following prefixing convention: +When we do need to reference keys, + we'll use the following prefixing convention: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -1204,7 +1322,8 @@ Down \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -: self-explanatory. +: + self-explanatory. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -1279,7 +1398,8 @@ PageDown \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -: these are the 6 +: + these are the 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1367,7 +1487,8 @@ Enter, still others have two keys. \SpecialChar LyX - treats all of them as the same key, so we'll use + treats all of them as the same key, + so we'll use \family sans Return \family default @@ -1395,7 +1516,8 @@ Units used in the Manuals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To understand the units described in this documentation, Table +To understand the units described in this documentation, + Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1403,6 +1525,7 @@ To understand the units described in this documentation, Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1943,8 +2066,7 @@ The Manuals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The following list describes the contents of the basic documentation files - that you find in the +The following list describes the contents of the basic documentation files that you find in the \family sans Help \family default @@ -1957,15 +2079,18 @@ Introduction This file. \begin_layout Description Tutorial If you are new to \SpecialChar LyX -, and have never used \SpecialChar LaTeX - before, you should start - here. +, + and have never used \SpecialChar LaTeX + before, + you should start here. If you have used \SpecialChar LaTeX - before, you should still read the + before, + you should still read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default -, starting with the section on +, + starting with the section on \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1975,7 +2100,8 @@ Tutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (Skimming through the rest of the document wouldn't hurt, either.) + (Skimming through the rest of the document wouldn't hurt, + either.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2007,8 +2133,11 @@ Objects Extension of the User's Guide \emph default . - Documents in detail how to use tables, graphics, floats, notes, program - listings and boxes. + Documents in detail how to use tables, + graphics, + floats, + notes, + program listings and boxes. It also includes many tricks of the \SpecialChar LaTeX masters. \end_layout @@ -2033,19 +2162,19 @@ User's Guide \emph default . Documents how to use raw \SpecialChar LaTeX - commands, additional layouts and special-purpose - editing features. + commands, + additional layouts and special-purpose editing features. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Customization A description of advanced \SpecialChar LyX - features, including how to customize - the overall behavior of \SpecialChar LyX + features, + including how to customize the overall behavior of \SpecialChar LyX \SpecialChar endofsentence - This includes such things as keybindings, internationa -lization and configuration files. - It also includes information about layout files, which are needed to get - \SpecialChar LyX + This includes such things as keybindings, + internationalization and configuration files. + It also includes information about layout files, + which are needed to get \SpecialChar LyX to support \SpecialChar LaTeX classes or packages. \end_layout @@ -2070,7 +2199,8 @@ Configuration A report produced by \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Standard These files will reference one another as necessary. - For example, the + For example, + the \emph on User's Guide \emph default @@ -2078,8 +2208,8 @@ User's Guide \emph on some \emph default - information on installation and customization, but refers the reader to - the + information on installation and customization, + but refers the reader to the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default @@ -2100,7 +2230,8 @@ We'll state again an important point: \begin_layout Standard \align center If you are new to \SpecialChar LyX -, read the +, + read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default @@ -2117,7 +2248,8 @@ Tutorial \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Otherwise, you could needlessly frustrate yourself. +Otherwise, + you could needlessly frustrate yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -2141,8 +2273,9 @@ Contributing to \SpecialChar LyX \SpecialChar LyX is mostly written in C++ (the \SpecialChar LaTeX importer is written in Python). - It is a large project, and as a result it is not free from bugs, or the - need for improvements in the source code. + It is a large project, + and as a result it is not free from bugs, + or the need for improvements in the source code. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -2151,18 +2284,22 @@ Reporting a bug \begin_layout Standard While using \SpecialChar LyX -, you may find behavior which you consider a bug. - Crashes, though rare, can happen. +, + you may find behavior which you consider a bug. + Crashes, + though rare, + can happen. User interface problems are considered major bugs by the \SpecialChar LyX - team: especially - helpful are indications of parts of the \SpecialChar LyX + team: + especially helpful are indications of parts of the \SpecialChar LyX interface you find confusing, or unclear. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - has a bug tracking system, which you can find at + has a bug tracking system, + which you can find at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2174,11 +2311,13 @@ target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/wiki/BugTrackerHome" \end_inset . - You should check the bug tracker before reporting any bugs, in case it - has already been reported. - If you have a comment on an existing bug, or wish to report a new bug, - you may either use the bug tracker, or send an e-mail to the development - mailing list, + You should check the bug tracker before reporting any bugs, + in case it has already been reported. + If you have a comment on an existing bug, + or wish to report a new bug, + you may either use the bug tracker, + or send an e-mail to the development mailing list, + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org" @@ -2189,7 +2328,8 @@ literal "false" . Archives of this list are linked from the main \SpecialChar LyX - website, + website, + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://www.lyx.org" @@ -2201,21 +2341,25 @@ target "http://www.lyx.org" \begin_layout Standard A useful bug report will at a minimum include the version of \SpecialChar LyX - you are having - the problem with. - Accurate, detailed descriptions are preferred — the more time developers - have to spend to pinpoint the source of a bug, the less time they have - for other improvements. + you are having the problem with. + Accurate, + detailed descriptions are preferred — + the more time developers have to spend to pinpoint the source of a bug, + the less time they have for other improvements. Mention the system and system version on which you are running \SpecialChar LyX . - Give the versions of the libraries you have installed on your system, and, - if relevant, the versions of external programs that \SpecialChar LyX + Give the versions of the libraries you have installed on your system, + and, + if relevant, + the versions of external programs that \SpecialChar LyX uses. - If it's a compilation or configuration problem, include the file + If it's a compilation or configuration problem, + include the file \family typewriter config.log \family default -, and mention which compiler you are using. +, + and mention which compiler you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -2224,11 +2368,11 @@ Contributing fixes and new features \begin_layout Standard If you have made changes to \SpecialChar LyX -'s source that you think should become part - of \SpecialChar LyX -, send your changes as a diff file (in unified format) to the development - list referenced above, along with a change log, and a description of what - your patch does. +'s source that you think should become part of \SpecialChar LyX +, + send your changes as a diff file (in unified format) to the development list referenced above, + along with a change log, + and a description of what your patch does. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -2237,12 +2381,13 @@ Contributing to the Documentation \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX -'s documentation is extensive; however \SpecialChar LyX - is under constant development, and - each new release adds new features. +'s documentation is extensive; + however \SpecialChar LyX + is under constant development, + and each new release adds new features. You may find some documentation needs improvement. - This section describes what to do if you find an error, or have some suggestion -s for improving the documentation. + This section describes what to do if you find an error, + or have some suggestions for improving the documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -2250,8 +2395,8 @@ Reporting Errors in the Manuals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you find a problem with the documentation, send a message to the mailing - list +If you find a problem with the documentation, + send a message to the mailing list \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" @@ -2270,10 +2415,12 @@ Joining the Documentation Team. \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX - Documentation Project, like anything else in the \SpecialChar LyX - project, can always - use assistance! If you're interested in contributing to the Documentation - Project, you need to do the following: + Documentation Project, + like anything else in the \SpecialChar LyX + project, + can always use assistance! + If you're interested in contributing to the Documentation Project, + you need to do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -2293,7 +2440,8 @@ target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/lib/doc?rev=master " \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Next, read the +Next, + read the \emph on User's Guide \emph default @@ -2315,8 +2463,7 @@ Tutorial User's Guide \emph default are likely to be the most up-to-date of all of the documentation. - You should be able to glean some insights into how we want the manuals - to read and to look. + You should be able to glean some insights into how we want the manuals to read and to look. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate diff --git a/lib/doc/LFUNs.lyx b/lib/doc/LFUNs.lyx index 82117def0f..134311d2a1 100644 --- a/lib/doc/LFUNs.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/LFUNs.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -# gen_lfuns.py generated this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 509 +#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 612 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ } \end_preamble \use_default_options false -\maintain_unincluded_children false +\maintain_unincluded_children no \begin_local_layout Style Description LabelIndent MM @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ End \end_local_layout \language english \language_package default -\inputencoding auto -\fontencoding global +\inputencoding auto-legacy +\fontencoding auto \font_roman "default" "default" \font_sans "default" "default" \font_typewriter "default" "default" @@ -34,10 +34,13 @@ End \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false -\font_osf false +\font_roman_osf false +\font_sans_osf false +\font_typewriter_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 -\use_microtype 0 +\use_microtype false +\use_dash_ligatures true \graphics default \default_output_format default \output_sync 0 @@ -67,6 +70,8 @@ End \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 0 +\use_minted 0 +\use_lineno 0 \index Index \shortcut idx \color #008000 @@ -79,15 +84,23 @@ End \tocdepth 3 \paragraph_separation indent \paragraph_indentation default -\quotes_language english +\is_math_indent 0 +\math_numbering_side default +\quotes_style english +\dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tablestyle default \tracking_changes false \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict false +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \end_header \begin_body @@ -119,17 +132,18 @@ LyX Functions These are commands that are used to make \SpecialChar LyX perform specific actions. \SpecialChar LyX - itself uses these functions internally, and every internal action is - bound to an LFUN. + itself uses these functions internally, + and every internal action is bound to an LFUN. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LFUNs are also used in the files that define keyboard shortcuts, menu or - toolbar items. +LFUNs are also used in the files that define keyboard shortcuts, + menu or toolbar items. So if you want to change\SpecialChar breakableslash -customize the user interface, you need to deal - with LFUNs. - Furthermore, external programs can use LFUNs to communicate with and +customize the user interface, + you need to deal with LFUNs. + Furthermore, + external programs can use LFUNs to communicate with and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -139,8 +153,8 @@ remote-control \SpecialChar LyX . - Finally, you can also issue LFUNs directly via the so called mini-buffer - which can be opened via + Finally, + you can also issue LFUNs directly via the so called mini-buffer which can be opened via \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "command-execute" @@ -150,11 +164,14 @@ arg "command-execute" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the following, all LFUNs are listed, categorized by function. +In the following, + all LFUNs are listed, + categorized by function. \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Layout Functions (Font, Layout and Textclass related) +Layout Functions (Font, + Layout and Textclass related) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -186,19 +203,26 @@ Syntax environment-split [before|outer|previous] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params outer: If this is given, LyX will split the outermost environment in the current nesting hierarchy. +Params outer: + If this is given, + LyX will split the outermost environment in the current nesting hierarchy. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -previous: If this is given, LyX will split the environment in the previous paragraph (if there is one). +previous: + If this is given, + LyX will split the environment in the previous paragraph (if there is one). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -before: If this is given, the new environment will be appended rather than prepended. +before: + If this is given, + the new environment will be appended rather than prepended. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 23 Dec 2012 +Origin spitz, + 23 Dec 2012 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -238,7 +262,8 @@ Syntax font-crossout \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin uwestoehr, 4 April 2017 +Origin uwestoehr, + 4 April 2017 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -270,7 +295,8 @@ font-frak \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Toggles Fraktur family font (math-mode, selection-wise). +Action Toggles Fraktur family font (math-mode, + selection-wise). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -278,7 +304,8 @@ Syntax font-frak \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vermeer, 10 Jan 2002 +Origin vermeer, + 10 Jan 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -286,7 +313,8 @@ font-ital \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Toggles Italics font shape (math-mode, selection-wise). +Action Toggles Italics font shape (math-mode, + selection-wise). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -294,7 +322,8 @@ Syntax font-ital \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vermeer, 10 Jan 2002 +Origin vermeer, + 10 Jan 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -310,7 +339,8 @@ Syntax font-nospellcheck \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 5 March 2021 +Origin spitz, + 5 March 2021 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -362,7 +392,8 @@ Syntax font-size \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : tiny|scriptsize|footnotesize|small|normal|large|larger| +Params : + tiny|scriptsize|footnotesize|small|normal|large|larger| \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -394,7 +425,8 @@ Syntax font-strikeout \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, 3 May 2009 +Origin sanda, + 3 May 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -434,7 +466,8 @@ Syntax font-underunderline \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, 5 May 2009 +Origin sanda, + 5 May 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -450,7 +483,8 @@ Syntax font-underwave \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, 5 May 2009 +Origin sanda, + 5 May 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -458,7 +492,8 @@ layout \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Sets the layout (that is, environment) for the current paragraph. +Action Sets the layout (that is, + environment) for the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -466,11 +501,14 @@ Syntax layout [ignoreautonests] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the layout to use +Params : + the layout to use \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -ignoreautonests: If specified, nesting advices will be ignored. +ignoreautonests: + If specified, + nesting advices will be ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -490,11 +528,13 @@ Syntax layout-module-add \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the module to be added +Params : + the module to be added \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin rgh, 25 August 2007 +Origin rgh, + 25 August 2007 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -514,7 +554,8 @@ Syntax layout-modules-clear \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin rgh, 25 August 2007 +Origin rgh, + 25 August 2007 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -538,7 +579,9 @@ Action Reloads layout information. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Reloads all layout information for the current buffer from disk, thus recognizing any changes that have been made to layout files on the fly. This is intended to be used only by layout developers and should not be used when one is trying to do actual work. +Notion Reloads all layout information for the current buffer from disk, + thus recognizing any changes that have been made to layout files on the fly. + This is intended to be used only by layout developers and should not be used when one is trying to do actual work. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -546,7 +589,8 @@ Syntax layout-reload \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin rgh, 3 September 2007 +Origin rgh, + 3 September 2007 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -562,7 +606,8 @@ Syntax layout-tabular \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Jug, 31 Jul 2000 +Origin Jug, + 31 Jul 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -570,11 +615,14 @@ layout-toggle \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Toggles the layout (that is, environment) for the current paragraph. +Action Toggles the layout (that is, + environment) for the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Contrary to `layout', this function resets the current (or selection) layout to the standard layout it already has the correct layout. Useful for toolbar icons. +Notion Contrary to `layout', + this function resets the current (or selection) layout to the standard layout it already has the correct layout. + Useful for toolbar icons. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -582,15 +630,19 @@ Syntax layout-toggle [ignoreautonests] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the layout to toggle +Params : + the layout to toggle \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -ignoreautonests: If specified, nesting advices will be ignored. +ignoreautonests: + If specified, + nesting advices will be ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 14 May 2018 +Origin lasgouttes, + 14 May 2018 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -602,7 +654,10 @@ Action Update fonts and its metrics. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Automatically called after zoom, dpi, font names, or norm change. +Notion Automatically called after zoom, + dpi, + font names, + or norm change. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -610,7 +665,8 @@ Syntax screen-font-update \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin ARRae, 13 Aug 2000 +Origin ARRae, + 13 Aug 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -626,7 +682,10 @@ Syntax textclass-apply \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the textclass to set. Note that this must be the filename, minus the ".layout" extension. +Params : + the textclass to set. + Note that this must be the filename, + minus the ".layout" extension. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -642,7 +701,10 @@ Syntax textclass-load \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the textclass to load. Note that this must be the filename, minus the ".layout" extension. +Params : + the textclass to load. + Note that this must be the filename, + minus the ".layout" extension. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -654,7 +716,8 @@ Action Apply last used text properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion These properties are stored via LFUN_TEXTSTYLE_UPDATE, which is automatically triggered when using Text Style dialog. +Notion These properties are stored via LFUN_TEXTSTYLE_UPDATE, + which is automatically triggered when using Text Style dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -662,11 +725,13 @@ Syntax textstyle-apply []textstyle-apply \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : number of the selection in the internal freefonts stack to be applied. +Params : + number of the selection in the internal freefonts stack to be applied. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 12 Mar 2003 +Origin leeming, + 12 Mar 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -682,7 +747,20 @@ Syntax textstyle-update \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : specifies font attributes, e.g. family, series, shape, size, emph, noun, underbar, number, color, language, toggleall. +Params : + specifies font attributes, + e.g. + family, + series, + shape, + size, + emph, + noun, + underbar, + number, + color, + language, + toggleall. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -690,11 +768,13 @@ Use lyx -dbg action for exact syntax of text-style dialog parameters. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 12 Mar 2003 +Origin leeming, + 12 Mar 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Editing Functions (Cursor and Mouse Movement, Copy/Paste etc.) +Editing Functions (Cursor and Mouse Movement, + Copy/Paste etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -918,7 +998,8 @@ Syntax all-changes-accept \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Levon, 16 Oct 2002 +Origin Levon, + 16 Oct 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -930,7 +1011,8 @@ Action Rejects all tracked changes in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Reject does not work recursively; the user may have to repeat the operation. +Notion Reject does not work recursively; + the user may have to repeat the operation. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -938,7 +1020,8 @@ Syntax all-changes-reject \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Levon, 16 Oct 2002 +Origin Levon, + 16 Oct 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -954,7 +1037,8 @@ Syntax appendix \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin ettrich, 5 May 1998 +Origin ettrich, + 5 May 1998 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -970,11 +1054,13 @@ Syntax argument-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : see layout declarations +Params : + see layout declarations \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vermeer, 12 Aug 2002 +Origin vermeer, + 12 Aug 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -982,7 +1068,8 @@ bibtex-database-add \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Adds database, which will be used for bibtex citations. +Action Adds database, + which will be used for bibtex citations. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -994,7 +1081,8 @@ Syntax bibtex-database-add \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Ale, 30 May 1997 +Origin Ale, + 30 May 1997 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1002,7 +1090,8 @@ bibtex-database-del \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Adds database, which will be used for bibtex citations. +Action Adds database, + which will be used for bibtex citations. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1014,7 +1103,8 @@ Syntax bibtex-database-del \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Ale, 30 May 1997 +Origin Ale, + 30 May 1997 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1030,7 +1120,8 @@ Syntax bookmark-clear \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin bpeng, 31 October 2006 +Origin bpeng, + 31 October 2006 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1038,23 +1129,30 @@ bookmark-goto \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Moves the cursor to the numbered bookmark, opening the file if necessary. Note that bookmarks are saved per-session, not per file. +Action Moves the cursor to the numbered bookmark, + opening the file if necessary. + Note that bookmarks are saved per-session, + not per file. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Bookmark 0 has a special purpose. It is automatically set +Notion Bookmark 0 has a special purpose. + It is automatically set \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -1. to the paragraph you are currently editing +1. + to the paragraph you are currently editing \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -2. to the paragraph from where you are jumping to the last-edited position (jump-back feature) +2. + to the paragraph from where you are jumping to the last-edited position (jump-back feature) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -3. when jumping from crossreference to the requested label by LFUN_LABEL_GOTO. +3. + when jumping from crossreference to the requested label by LFUN_LABEL_GOTO. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1062,11 +1160,13 @@ Syntax bookmark-goto \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the number of the bookmark to restore. +Params : + the number of the bookmark to restore. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Dekel, 27 January 2001 +Origin Dekel, + 27 January 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1078,7 +1178,11 @@ Action Save a bookmark. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Saves a numbered bookmark to the sessions file. The number must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. Note that bookmarks are saved per-session, not per file. +Notion Saves a numbered bookmark to the sessions file. + The number must be between 1 and 9, + inclusive. + Note that bookmarks are saved per-session, + not per file. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1086,11 +1190,13 @@ Syntax bookmark-save \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : the number of the bookmark to save. +Params : + the number of the bookmark to save. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Dekel, 27 January 2001 +Origin Dekel, + 27 January 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1106,7 +1212,8 @@ Syntax box-insert [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Boxed|Frameless|Framed|ovalbox|Ovalbox|Shadowbox|Shaded|Doublebox +Params : + Boxed|Frameless|Framed|ovalbox|Ovalbox|Shadowbox|Shaded|Doublebox \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -1114,7 +1221,8 @@ Framed is the default one. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vermeer, 7 Oct 2003 +Origin vermeer, + 7 Oct 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1130,7 +1238,8 @@ Syntax branch-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vermeer, 17 Aug 2003 +Origin vermeer, + 17 Aug 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1138,7 +1247,9 @@ buffer-anonymize \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action For debug purposes only. Convert all [a-zA-Z0-1] characters to single character. Useful when submitting docs to list or bugzilla. +Action For debug purposes only. + Convert all [a-zA-Z0-1] characters to single character. + Useful when submitting docs to list or bugzilla. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1146,7 +1257,8 @@ Syntax buffer-anonymize \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, Feb 1 2018 +Origin sanda, + Feb 1 2018 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1210,7 +1322,8 @@ Syntax caption-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 18 Jul 2000 +Origin Lgb, + 18 Jul 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1226,7 +1339,8 @@ Syntax cell-backward \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Jug, 22 May 2000 +Origin Jug, + 22 May 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1254,7 +1368,8 @@ Syntax cell-split \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Ale, 15 May 1997 +Origin Ale, + 15 May 1997 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1270,7 +1385,8 @@ Syntax change-accept \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Levon, 16 Oct 2002 +Origin Levon, + 16 Oct 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1286,7 +1402,8 @@ Syntax change-next \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin schmitt, 4 Oct 2006 +Origin schmitt, + 4 Oct 2006 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1302,7 +1419,8 @@ Syntax change-previous \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vfr, 4 Apr 2009 +Origin vfr, + 4 Apr 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1318,7 +1436,8 @@ Syntax change-reject \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Levon, 16 Oct 2002 +Origin Levon, + 16 Oct 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1334,7 +1453,8 @@ Syntax changes-merge \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Levon, 16 Oct 2002 +Origin Levon, + 16 Oct 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1350,7 +1470,8 @@ Syntax changes-output \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 21 Jan 2005 +Origin spitz, + 21 Jan 2005 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1366,7 +1487,8 @@ Syntax changes-track \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin levon, 1 Oct 2002 +Origin levon, + 1 Oct 2002 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1378,7 +1500,11 @@ Action Moves the cursor one position logically backwards. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion This is not the action which should be bound to the arrow keys, because backwards may be left or right, depending on the language. The arrow keys should be bound to LFUN_CHAR_LEFT or LFUN_CHAR_RIGHT actions, which in turn may employ this one. +Notion This is not the action which should be bound to the arrow keys, + because backwards may be left or right, + depending on the language. + The arrow keys should be bound to LFUN_CHAR_LEFT or LFUN_CHAR_RIGHT actions, + which in turn may employ this one. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1390,7 +1516,8 @@ char-backward-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Moves the cursor one position logically backwards, adding traversed position to the selection. +Action Moves the cursor one position logically backwards, + adding traversed position to the selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1414,7 +1541,9 @@ Syntax char-delete-backward [confirm] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params confirm: Select big insets, do not directly delete them. +Params confirm: + Select big insets, + do not directly delete them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1430,7 +1559,9 @@ Syntax char-delete-forward [confirm] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params confirm: Select big insets, do not directly delete them. +Params confirm: + Select big insets, + do not directly delete them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1442,7 +1573,11 @@ Action Moves the cursor one position logically forward. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion This is not the action which should be bound to the arrow keys, because forward may be left or right, depending on the language. The arrow keys should be bound to LFUN_CHAR_LEFT or LFUN_CHAR_RIGHT actions, which in turn may employ this one. +Notion This is not the action which should be bound to the arrow keys, + because forward may be left or right, + depending on the language. + The arrow keys should be bound to LFUN_CHAR_LEFT or LFUN_CHAR_RIGHT actions, + which in turn may employ this one. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1454,7 +1589,8 @@ char-forward-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Moves the cursor one position logically forward, adding traversed position to the selection. +Action Moves the cursor one position logically forward, + adding traversed position to the selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1474,7 +1610,18 @@ Action Moves the cursor one position "to the left". \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion This is the action which should be taken when the "left" key is pressed. Generally, it moves the cursor one position to the left. However, in Bidi text this become slightly more complicated, and there are different modes of cursor movement. In "visual mode", this moves left, plain and simple. In "logical mode", movement is logically forward in RTL paragraphs, and logically backwards in LTR paragraphs. +Notion This is the action which should be taken when the "left" key is pressed. + Generally, + it moves the cursor one position to the left. + However, + in Bidi text this become slightly more complicated, + and there are different modes of cursor movement. + In "visual mode", + this moves left, + plain and simple. + In "logical mode", + movement is logically forward in RTL paragraphs, + and logically backwards in LTR paragraphs. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1486,7 +1633,8 @@ char-left-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Moves the cursor one position "to the left", adding traversed position to the selection. +Action Moves the cursor one position "to the left", + adding traversed position to the selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1506,7 +1654,18 @@ Action Moves the cursor one position "to the right". \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion This is the action which should be taken when the "right" key is pressed. Generally, it moves the cursor one position to the right. However, in Bidi text this become slightly more complicated, and there are different modes of cursor movement. In "visual mode", this moves right, plain and simple. In "logical mode", movement is logically forward in LTR paragraphs, and logically backwards in RTL paragraphs. +Notion This is the action which should be taken when the "right" key is pressed. + Generally, + it moves the cursor one position to the right. + However, + in Bidi text this become slightly more complicated, + and there are different modes of cursor movement. + In "visual mode", + this moves right, + plain and simple. + In "logical mode", + movement is logically forward in LTR paragraphs, + and logically backwards in RTL paragraphs. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1518,7 +1677,8 @@ char-right-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Moves the cursor one position "to the right", adding traversed position to the selection. +Action Moves the cursor one position "to the right", + adding traversed position to the selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1542,7 +1702,8 @@ Syntax chars-transpose \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 25 Apr 2001 +Origin Lgb, + 25 Apr 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1558,15 +1719,18 @@ Syntax citation-insert [[|]] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Citation (shortcut listed in available citations). +Params : + Citation (shortcut listed in available citations). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: text which should appear before citation. +: + text which should appear before citation. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin AAS, 97-02-23 +Origin AAS, + 97-02-23 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1582,15 +1746,18 @@ Syntax citation-open [EXTERNAL] TARGET \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : URL (https:,file:) of the document. +Params : + URL (https:,file:) of the document. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: Use external executable script for finding target +: + Use external executable script for finding target \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - and launching viewer. In this case TARGET consists of author and year + and launching viewer. + In this case TARGET consists of author and year \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -1598,7 +1765,8 @@ Params : URL (https:,file:) of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Sanda, 16 Aug 2020 +Origin Sanda, + 16 Aug 2020 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1606,11 +1774,19 @@ clipboard-paste \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Pastes text from the active clipboard (retains formatting if the clipboard contains formatted text). Pastes plain text if plain text is on the clipboard, but tries to interpret it in special ways for certain insets, e.g. converting csv data to rows and columns if the paste happens in a tabular inset. +Action Pastes text from the active clipboard (retains formatting if the clipboard contains formatted text). + Pastes plain text if plain text is on the clipboard, + but tries to interpret it in special ways for certain insets, + e.g. + converting csv data to rows and columns if the paste happens in a tabular inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Historically, LFUN_CLIPBOARD_PASTE was introduced as a counterpart of LFUN_PRIMARY_SELECTION_PASTE: It behaved exactly the same, but the source is the clipboard, not the selection. +Notion Historically, + LFUN_CLIPBOARD_PASTE was introduced as a counterpart of LFUN_PRIMARY_SELECTION_PASTE: + It behaved exactly the same, + but the source is the clipboard, + not the selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1618,11 +1794,15 @@ Syntax clipboard-paste [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : "paragraph" will cause pasting as one paragraph, i.e. "Join lines". +Params : + "paragraph" will cause pasting as one paragraph, + i.e. + "Join lines". \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Georg, 10 Jul 2006 +Origin Georg, + 10 Jul 2006 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1630,7 +1810,11 @@ clipboard-paste-simple \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Pastes plain text from the active clipboard even if formatted LyX content is in the clipboard. Pastes plain text if plain text is on the clipboard, without trying to interpret it in special ways for certain insets, e.g. converting csv data to rows and columns if the paste happens in a tabular inset. +Action Pastes plain text from the active clipboard even if formatted LyX content is in the clipboard. + Pastes plain text if plain text is on the clipboard, + without trying to interpret it in special ways for certain insets, + e.g. + converting csv data to rows and columns if the paste happens in a tabular inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1638,7 +1822,10 @@ Syntax clipboard-paste-simple [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : "paragraph" will cause pasting as one paragraph, i.e. "Join lines". +Params : + "paragraph" will cause pasting as one paragraph, + i.e. + "Join lines". \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1646,7 +1833,9 @@ command-execute \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Switches the focus to the minibuffer so that the user can type in there. If necessary, it opens the minibuffer toolbar. +Action Switches the focus to the minibuffer so that the user can type in there. + If necessary, + it opens the minibuffer toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1670,7 +1859,8 @@ Syntax complete \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sts, Feb 19 2008 +Origin sts, + Feb 19 2008 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1686,7 +1876,8 @@ Syntax completion-accept \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, Sep 08 2008 +Origin sanda, + Sep 08 2008 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1694,7 +1885,8 @@ completion-cancel \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Try to cancel completion, either the popup or the inline completion. +Action Try to cancel completion, + either the popup or the inline completion. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1702,7 +1894,8 @@ Syntax completion-cancel \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sts, Sep 07 2008 +Origin sts, + Sep 07 2008 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1718,7 +1911,8 @@ Syntax completion-inline \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sts, Feb 19 2008 +Origin sts, + Feb 19 2008 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1734,7 +1928,8 @@ Syntax completion-popup \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sts, Feb 19 2008 +Origin sts, + Feb 19 2008 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1802,7 +1997,8 @@ Syntax dialog-disconnect-inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 25 Feb 2003 +Origin leeming, + 25 Feb 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1810,7 +2006,8 @@ dialog-hide \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Hides showed dialog. Counterpart to LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW . +Action Hides showed dialog. + Counterpart to LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW . \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1822,7 +2019,8 @@ Params See LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW . \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 25 Feb 2003 +Origin leeming, + 25 Feb 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1838,7 +2036,8 @@ Syntax dialog-show [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : aboutlyx|bibitem|bibtex|box|branch|changes|character|citation| +Params : + aboutlyx|bibitem|bibtex|box|branch|changes|character|citation| \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -1862,15 +2061,20 @@ thesaurus|texinfo|toc|view-source|vspace|wrap| \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: latexlog|vclog +: + latexlog|vclog \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: data, usually settings for the given dialog. Use debug mode for the details. +: + data, + usually settings for the given dialog. + Use debug mode for the details. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 17 Jun 2003 +Origin leeming, + 17 Jun 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1894,7 +2098,8 @@ Params See LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW . \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 25 Feb 2003 +Origin leeming, + 25 Feb 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1906,7 +2111,8 @@ Action Toggles dialog between showed/hidden state. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Internally uses LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW , LFUN_DIALOG_HIDE . +Notion Internally uses LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW , + LFUN_DIALOG_HIDE . \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1918,7 +2124,8 @@ Params See LFUN_DIALOG_SHOW . \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 30 Apr 2007 +Origin spitz, + 30 Apr 2007 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1934,15 +2141,18 @@ Syntax dialog-update \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : paragraph|prefs| +Params : + paragraph|prefs| \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: inset name +: + inset name \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 25 Feb 2003 +Origin leeming, + 25 Feb 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1982,7 +2192,8 @@ Syntax ert-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Jug, 18 Feb 2000 +Origin Jug, + 18 Feb 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -1990,7 +2201,9 @@ escape \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Clears the selection. If no text is selected call LFUN_FINISHED_FORWARD. Inside math mode jumps out of the math inset. +Action Clears the selection. + If no text is selected call LFUN_FINISHED_FORWARD. + Inside math mode jumps out of the math inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -1998,7 +2211,8 @@ Syntax escape \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 17 May 2001 +Origin Lgb, + 17 May 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2014,7 +2228,8 @@ Syntax export-cancel \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin rgh, 10 December 2017 +Origin rgh, + 10 December 2017 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2030,7 +2245,11 @@ Syntax file-insert [] [ignorelang] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Filename to be inserted. ignorelang: If given, the (main) language of the inserted file is ignored (the context language is used). +Params : + Filename to be inserted. + ignorelang: + If given, + the (main) language of the inserted file is ignored (the context language is used). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2046,11 +2265,13 @@ Syntax file-insert-plaintext [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Filename to be inserted. +Params : + Filename to be inserted. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin CFO-G, 19 Nov 1997 +Origin CFO-G, + 19 Nov 1997 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2058,7 +2279,8 @@ file-insert-plaintext-para \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Inserts plain text file as paragraph (i.e. join lines). +Action Inserts plain text file as paragraph (i.e. + join lines). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2066,11 +2288,13 @@ Syntax file-insert-plaintext-para [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Filename to be inserted. +Params : + Filename to be inserted. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Levon, 14 Feb 2001 +Origin Levon, + 14 Feb 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2078,7 +2302,8 @@ flex-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Inserts CharStyle, Custom inset or XML short element. +Action Inserts CharStyle, + Custom inset or XML short element. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2086,7 +2311,9 @@ Notion Look into the Customization manual for more information about these eleme \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -To make this command enabled the layout file for the document class you're using has to load the character styles. There are a few contained in the Logical Markup module. You can also of course create some yourself. +To make this command enabled the layout file for the document class you're using has to load the character styles. + There are a few contained in the Logical Markup module. + You can also of course create some yourself. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2098,7 +2325,11 @@ Syntax flex-insert Name \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params Name: This name must be defined either in your layout file or imported by some module. The definition is InsetLayout Name or InsetLayout . The Flex: prefix is optional. +Params Name: + This name must be defined either in your layout file or imported by some module. + The definition is InsetLayout Name or InsetLayout . + The Flex: + prefix is optional. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2118,11 +2349,16 @@ Syntax float-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : type of float depends on the used textclass. Usually "algorithm", "table", "figure" parameters can be given. +Params : + type of float depends on the used textclass. + Usually "algorithm", + "table", + "figure" parameters can be given. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 27 Jun 2000 +Origin Lgb, + 27 Jun 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2138,11 +2374,16 @@ Syntax float-list-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : type of float depends on the used textclass. Usually "algorithm", "table", "figure" parameters can be given. +Params : + type of float depends on the used textclass. + Usually "algorithm", + "table", + "figure" parameters can be given. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 3 May 2001 +Origin Lgb, + 3 May 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2154,7 +2395,9 @@ Action Inserts float insets as in LFUN_FLOAT_INSERT but span multiple columns. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Corresponds to the starred floats (figure*, table*, etc.) in LaTeX. +Notion Corresponds to the starred floats (figure*, + table*, + etc.) in LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2162,11 +2405,16 @@ Syntax float-wide-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : type of float depends on the used textclass. Usually "algorithm", "table", "figure" parameters can be given. +Params : + type of float depends on the used textclass. + Usually "algorithm", + "table", + "figure" parameters can be given. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 31 Oct 2001 +Origin Lgb, + 31 Oct 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2182,7 +2430,8 @@ Syntax footnote-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Jug, 7 Mar 2000 +Origin Jug, + 7 Mar 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2198,7 +2447,8 @@ Syntax graphics-reload \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vfr, 10 Aug 2009 +Origin vfr, + 10 Aug 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2214,11 +2464,15 @@ Syntax graphics-set-group [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Id for an existing group. In case the Id is an empty string, the graphics inset is removed from the current group. +Params : + Id for an existing group. + In case the Id is an empty string, + the graphics inset is removed from the current group. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, 6 May 2008 +Origin sanda, + 6 May 2008 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2234,11 +2488,15 @@ Syntax graphics-unify [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Id for an existing group. In case the Id is an empty string, the group Id from the first graphics inset will be used. +Params : + Id for an existing group. + In case the Id is an empty string, + the group Id from the first graphics inset will be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin sanda, 7 Feb 2018 +Origin sanda, + 7 Feb 2018 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2258,7 +2516,8 @@ Syntax href-insert [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin CFO-G, 21 Nov 1997 +Origin CFO-G, + 21 Nov 1997 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2270,7 +2529,8 @@ Action Only active in IPA inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Dummy function which is only active in a IPA inset. It's used to toggle the IPA toolbar if the cursor moves into an IPA inset. +Notion Dummy function which is only active in a IPA inset. + It's used to toggle the IPA toolbar if the cursor moves into an IPA inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2278,7 +2538,8 @@ Syntax in-ipa \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 20 May 2012 +Origin spitz, + 20 May 2012 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2298,11 +2559,16 @@ Syntax index-insert [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : name of the index, if multiple indices are defined. With an empty argument, the default index is selected. +Params : + name of the index, + if multiple indices are defined. + With an empty argument, + the default index is selected. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 3 Aug 2000 +Origin leeming, + 3 Aug 2000 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2318,11 +2584,16 @@ Syntax index-print [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : name of the index, if multiple indices are defined. With an empty argument, the default index is selected. +Params : + name of the index, + if multiple indices are defined. + With an empty argument, + the default index is selected. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin Lgb, 27 Feb 1997 +Origin Lgb, + 27 Feb 1997 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2342,7 +2613,8 @@ Syntax index-tag-all \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 5 Nov 2022 +Origin spitz, + 5 Nov 2022 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2358,11 +2630,16 @@ Syntax indexmacro-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : see, seealso, subentry, sortkey. +Params : + see, + seealso, + subentry, + sortkey. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 20 Feb 2022 +Origin spitz, + 20 Feb 2022 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2370,7 +2647,9 @@ info-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Displays shortcuts, lyxrc, package and textclass availability and menu information in a non-editable boxed InsetText. +Action Displays shortcuts, + lyxrc, + package and textclass availability and menu information in a non-editable boxed InsetText. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2378,11 +2657,16 @@ Notion Apart from lfun arguments you can use the following method: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -1. input the type and argument of this inset, e.g. "menu paste", in the work area. +1. + input the type and argument of this inset, + e.g. + "menu paste", + in the work area. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -2. select the text and run info-insert lfun. +2. + select the text and run info-insert lfun. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2390,81 +2674,105 @@ Syntax info-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : date|moddate|fixdate|time|modtime|fixtime|shortcut|shortcuts|lyxrc| lyxinfo|package|textclass|menu|l7n|icon|buffer|vcs +Params : + date|moddate|fixdate|time|modtime|fixtime|shortcut|shortcuts|lyxrc| lyxinfo|package|textclass|menu|l7n|icon|buffer|vcs \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: argument for a given type. Look into InsetInfo.h for detailed description. +: + argument for a given type. + Look into InsetInfo.h for detailed description. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -date: current date (formatted and localized) +date: + current date (formatted and localized) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -moddate: date of last modification (saving) (formatted and localized) +moddate: + date of last modification (saving) (formatted and localized) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -fixdate: a static date (formatted and localized) +fixdate: + a static date (formatted and localized) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -time: current time (formatted and localized) +time: + current time (formatted and localized) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -modtime: time of last modification (saving) (formatted and localized) +modtime: + time of last modification (saving) (formatted and localized) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -fixtime: a static time (formatted and localized) +fixtime: + a static time (formatted and localized) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -shortcut[s]: name of lfun (e.g math-insert +shortcut[s]: + name of lfun (e.g math-insert \backslash alpha) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -lyxrc: name of rc_entry (e.g. bind_file) +lyxrc: + name of rc_entry (e.g. + bind_file) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -lyxinfo: "version" - used version of LyX +lyxinfo: + "version" - used version of LyX \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -package: name of latex package (e.g. listings) +package: + name of latex package (e.g. + listings) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -textclass: name of textclass (e.g. article) +textclass: + name of textclass (e.g. + article) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -menu: name of lfun used in menu +menu: + name of lfun used in menu \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -l7n: localizable string. +l7n: + localizable string. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -icon: icon of lfun used in toolbar or direct icon name +icon: + icon of lfun used in toolbar or direct icon name \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -buffer: "name"|"name-noext"|"path"|"class" vcs: "tree-revision"|"revision"|"author"|"date"|"time" +buffer: + "name"|"name-noext"|"path"|"class" vcs: + "tree-revision"|"revision"|"author"|"date"|"time" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Sample command-sequence info-insert buffer path; info-insert buffer name +Sample command-sequence info-insert buffer path; + info-insert buffer name \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin bpeng, 7 Oct 2007 +Origin bpeng, + 7 Oct 2007 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2476,7 +2784,8 @@ Action Apply data for an inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion LFUN_INSET_APPLY is sent from the dialogs when the data should be applied. This is either changed to LFUN_INSET_MODIFY or LFUN_INSET_INSERT depending on the context where it is called. +Notion LFUN_INSET_APPLY is sent from the dialogs when the data should be applied. + This is either changed to LFUN_INSET_MODIFY or LFUN_INSET_INSERT depending on the context where it is called. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2492,7 +2801,11 @@ inset-begin \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Move the cursor to the beginning of the current inset if it is not already there. If the cursor is already at the beginning of the current inset, move it to the beginning of the enclosing inset or the main work area, respectively, if there is no enclosing inset. +Action Move the cursor to the beginning of the current inset if it is not already there. + If the cursor is already at the beginning of the current inset, + move it to the beginning of the enclosing inset or the main work area, + respectively, + if there is no enclosing inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2500,7 +2813,8 @@ Syntax inset-begin \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 16 Mar 2009 +Origin lasgouttes, + 16 Mar 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2508,7 +2822,11 @@ inset-begin-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Move the cursor to the beginning of the current inset if it is not already there. If the cursor is already at the beginning of the current inset, move it to the beginning of the enclosing inset or the main work area, respectively, if there is no enclosing inset (adding the traversed text to the selection). +Action Move the cursor to the beginning of the current inset if it is not already there. + If the cursor is already at the beginning of the current inset, + move it to the beginning of the enclosing inset or the main work area, + respectively, + if there is no enclosing inset (adding the traversed text to the selection). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2516,7 +2834,8 @@ Syntax inset-begin-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 16 Mar 2009 +Origin lasgouttes, + 16 Mar 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2536,7 +2855,8 @@ Syntax inset-copy-as \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vfr, 18 Apr 2010 +Origin vfr, + 18 Apr 2010 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2552,7 +2872,10 @@ Syntax inset-dissolve [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : this can be used to make sure the right kind of inset is dissolved. For example "dissolve" entry in the charstyles sub-menu should only dissolve the charstyle inset, even if the cursor is inside several nested insets of different type. +Params : + this can be used to make sure the right kind of inset is dissolved. + For example "dissolve" entry in the charstyles sub-menu should only dissolve the charstyle inset, + even if the cursor is inside several nested insets of different type. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2560,7 +2883,8 @@ For values see lyx::InsetLayout::lyxtype_ . \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin JSpitz, 7 Aug 2006 +Origin JSpitz, + 7 Aug 2006 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2568,7 +2892,16 @@ inset-edit \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Edit the inset at cursor with an external application, if one is attributed. If the inset is file based, the referenced file is edited. Otherwise, the inset contents is written to a temporary file, the inset is locked, and the temporary file is edited. In this case, LFUN_INSET_END_EDIT must be called to overtake the changes and unlock the inset after editing is finished. +Action Edit the inset at cursor with an external application, + if one is attributed. + If the inset is file based, + the referenced file is edited. + Otherwise, + the inset contents is written to a temporary file, + the inset is locked, + and the temporary file is edited. + In this case, + LFUN_INSET_END_EDIT must be called to overtake the changes and unlock the inset after editing is finished. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2576,7 +2909,8 @@ Syntax inset-edit [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : Parameters for the inset. +Params : + Parameters for the inset. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2584,7 +2918,8 @@ Currently only the filename will be considered. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 27 Apr 2006 +Origin spitz, + 27 Apr 2006 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2592,7 +2927,11 @@ inset-end \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Move the cursor to the end of the current inset if it is not already there. If the cursor is already at the end of the current inset, move it to the end of the enclosing inset or the main work area, respectively, if there is no enclosing inset. +Action Move the cursor to the end of the current inset if it is not already there. + If the cursor is already at the end of the current inset, + move it to the end of the enclosing inset or the main work area, + respectively, + if there is no enclosing inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2600,7 +2939,8 @@ Syntax inset-end \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 16 Mar 2009 +Origin lasgouttes, + 16 Mar 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2608,7 +2948,9 @@ inset-end-edit \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action End editing the inset at cursor with an external application. This replaces the inset contents with the contents of the temporary file, deletes the file and unlocks the inset. +Action End editing the inset at cursor with an external application. + This replaces the inset contents with the contents of the temporary file, + deletes the file and unlocks the inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2616,7 +2958,8 @@ Syntax inset-end-edit \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin gb, 11 Oct 2015 +Origin gb, + 11 Oct 2015 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2624,7 +2967,11 @@ inset-end-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Move the cursor to the end of the current inset if it is not already there. If the cursor is already at the end of the current inset, move it to the end of the enclosing inset or the main work area, respectively, if there is no enclosing inset (adding the traversed text to the selection). +Action Move the cursor to the end of the current inset if it is not already there. + If the cursor is already at the end of the current inset, + move it to the end of the enclosing inset or the main work area, + respectively, + if there is no enclosing inset (adding the traversed text to the selection). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2632,7 +2979,8 @@ Syntax inset-end-select \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 16 Mar 2009 +Origin lasgouttes, + 16 Mar 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2644,7 +2992,14 @@ Action Apply the given commands on insets of a given name. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion WARNING: use at your own risks; this function gives you too many ways of shooting yourself in the foot. A typical example is inset-forall Note note-insert which starts an infinite loop. This is mitigated by the fact that the number of actions is arbitrarily limited to 100000. Note also that inset-forall does not update metrics between iterations, which can lead to bugs. This has to be eventually fixed. +Notion WARNING: + use at your own risks; + this function gives you too many ways of shooting yourself in the foot. + A typical example is inset-forall Note note-insert which starts an infinite loop. + This is mitigated by the fact that the number of actions is arbitrarily limited to 100000. + Note also that inset-forall does not update metrics between iterations, + which can lead to bugs. + This has to be eventually fixed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2652,7 +3007,13 @@ Syntax inset-forall \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: Type of Inset. If is *, all insets are matched. The name is used like for InsetLayout in layout files: "Note" matches all note insets, while "Note:Note" only matches LyX yellow note insets. +: + Type of Inset. + If is *, + all insets are matched. + The name is used like for InsetLayout in layout files: + "Note" matches all note insets, + while "Note:Note" only matches LyX yellow note insets. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2696,7 +3057,8 @@ inset-forall Note char-backward \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 27 Nov 2009 +Origin lasgouttes, + 27 Nov 2009 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2712,7 +3074,8 @@ Syntax inset-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : : + \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -: depends on the given inset. Use "lyx -dbg action" to explore. +: + depends on the given inset. + Use "lyx -dbg action" to explore. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2770,7 +3135,8 @@ Syntax inset-insert-copy \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 1 Nov 2022 +Origin spitz, + 1 Nov 2022 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2782,7 +3148,36 @@ Action Modify some properties of an inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Used for argument, bibitem, bibtex, box, branch, caption, citation, command, ert, external, float, graphics, include, index, info, label, line, listings, newline, newpage, nomencl, note, phantom, quotes, ref, script, separator, space, tabular, vspace and wrap insets. +Notion Used for argument, + bibitem, + bibtex, + box, + branch, + caption, + citation, + command, + ert, + external, + float, + graphics, + include, + index, + info, + label, + line, + listings, + newline, + newpage, + nomencl, + note, + phantom, + quotes, + ref, + script, + separator, + space, + tabular, + vspace and wrap insets. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2810,7 +3205,10 @@ inset-modify changetype Ovalbox \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Change a quotation mark to e[nglish style], l[eft side = opening], s[ingle = inner, secondary] +Change a quotation mark to e[nglish style], + l[eft side = opening], + s[ingle = inner, + secondary] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2818,7 +3216,9 @@ inset-modify changetype els \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Change only the style of a quotation mark, maintaining the other aspects (. = wildcard) +Change only the style of a quotation mark, + maintaining the other aspects (. + = wildcard) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2838,7 +3238,10 @@ Action Select all contents of an inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion There are 3 successive levels: select current cell, select all cells of inset, select the inset from outside (in the enclosing inset). +Notion There are 3 successive levels: + select current cell, + select all cells of inset, + select the inset from outside (in the enclosing inset). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2846,7 +3249,9 @@ Syntax inset-select-all \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin vfr, 22 Aug 2009; lasgouttes 1 Nov 2014 +Origin vfr, + 22 Aug 2009; + lasgouttes 1 Nov 2014 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2858,7 +3263,29 @@ Action Open the inset's properties dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Used for bibitem, bibtex, box, branch, citation, ert, external, float, graphics, href, include, index, index_print, label, line, listings, note, phantom, ref, space, tabular, vspace, wrap insets. +Notion Used for bibitem, + bibtex, + box, + branch, + citation, + ert, + external, + float, + graphics, + href, + include, + index, + index_print, + label, + line, + listings, + note, + phantom, + ref, + space, + tabular, + vspace, + wrap insets. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2866,7 +3293,8 @@ Syntax inset-settings \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : : + ] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : this can be used to make sure the right kind of inset is dissolved. For example "split" entry in the charstyles sub-menu should only dissolve the charstyle inset, even if the cursor is inside several nested insets of different type. +Params : + this can be used to make sure the right kind of inset is dissolved. + For example "split" entry in the charstyles sub-menu should only dissolve the charstyle inset, + even if the cursor is inside several nested insets of different type. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -2898,7 +3329,8 @@ Params : this can be used to make sure the right kind of inset is diss \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 22 Dec 2020 +Origin spitz, + 22 Dec 2020 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2906,7 +3338,8 @@ inset-toggle \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Action Toggles the collapsible inset at cursor position, or the inset we are currently in. +Action Toggles the collapsible inset at cursor position, + or the inset we are currently in. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -2914,19 +3347,23 @@ Syntax inset-toggle [] \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : . +Params : + . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -open/close/toggle are for collapsible insets. toggle is used when no argument is given. +open/close/toggle are for collapsible insets. + toggle is used when no argument is given. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -assign synchronize the branch-inset with activation status of the branch. Used for global toggling when changed activation. +assign synchronize the branch-inset with activation status of the branch. + Used for global toggling when changed activation. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin lasgouttes, 19 Jul 2001 +Origin lasgouttes, + 19 Jul 2001 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2942,7 +3379,8 @@ Syntax ipa-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 05 Mar 2012 +Origin spitz, + 05 Mar 2012 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2958,11 +3396,19 @@ Syntax ipamacro-insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Params : tone-falling, tone-rising, tone-high-rising, tone-low-rising, tone-high-rising-falling, deco bottomtiebar, deco toptiebar. +Params : + tone-falling, + tone-rising, + tone-high-rising, + tone-low-rising, + tone-high-rising-falling, + deco bottomtiebar, + deco toptiebar. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin spitz, 22 Aug 2012 +Origin spitz, + 22 Aug 2012 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -2986,7 +3432,9 @@ Action Turn on the primary keyboard map. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Notion Maps were widely used in past, when X-windows didn't have nowadays keyboard support. They can be still used to maintain uniform keyboard layout across the various platforms. +Notion Maps were widely used in past, + when X-windows didn't have nowadays keyboard support. + They can be still used to maintain uniform keyboard layout across the various platforms. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -3022,7 +3470,8 @@ Syntax keymap-toggle \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Origin leeming, 30 Mar 2004 +Origin leeming, + 30 Mar 2004 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection* @@ -3038,11 +3487,13 @@ Syntax copy-label-as-reference